AERO Manufacturing PT-72 Item#: 1 SPECIALTY TABLES MET/MMT/EFT/3SC/DC/BVT/PT SERIES Item# Project Model MMT MATERIAL TOP 14 gauge 304 series stainless steel.two heavy gauge steel box channels on 24" wide tables for rigidity. Three heavy gauge steel box channels on 30" wide tables for rigidity Sound deadened between table top and channels. SHELF 18 gauge 430 series stainless steel. LEGS 1 5 8", O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel tubing, complete with 1" adjustable, impact resistant, white metal feet. MMT Table includes: Stainless steel pan rack. 2 each 4" swivel casters with brakes. 2 each 4" swivel casters without brakes. MET Table includes: Stainless steel handle with rubber bumpers. 2 each 4" swivel casters with brakes. EFT Table includes: 1 7 8" turn down on 3 sides, 4" backsplash. Crossbracing: 1 1 4" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel, 1 5 8" I.D. aluminum castings at all intersections. Sink Cabinet includes: 10 x 14 x 10" deep bowl. Deck mount gooseneck faucet 4" o.c. 18 gauge 430 stainless steel body and hinged door. Shipped fully assembled. Dish Cabinet includes: 18 gauge 430 stainless steel body. 2 18 gauge 430 stainless steel shelves. Shipped fully assembled. BVT Table includes: 18 gauge 430 stainless steel enclosure and doors. 21 x 16 x 14 deep bowl. Urn trough with stainless steel grate. PT Table includes: 20 x 16 x 10" deep bowl. 20 x 20 x 5" deep bowl. 20 x 15 x 5" deep Aerospec drawer on roller slides. Note: Drawer not available on 48 & 60 wide tables. Model PT Model EFT Model DC DESIGN FEATURES All four sides have a v countertop edge (excluding EFT & DC) to eliminate spillage. Undershelf is the largest in the industry. All tables fully cartoned. Easily assembled. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Table hemmed on all four sides to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Top is polished to a #4 mill finish. Heliarc welded construction creates uniform, rock-solid unit. Gussets fully welded to eliminate damage to table top. All tables shipped K.D. Quantity 14GA 304 Model # MOBILE EQUIPMENT TABLE MET 2430 MOBILE MIXER TABLE MMT 3030 MMT 3036 EQUIPMENT FILLER TABLE EFT 24 EFT 30 SINK CABINET 3SC-3024 3SC-3624 DISH CABINETS DC-1548 DC-1560 DC-1572 DC-1584 DC-1596 DC-15120 DC-15144 BEVERAGE TABLE BVT 48 BVT 60 BVT 72 BVT 84 BVT 96 PREP TABLE PT 48 PT 60 PT 72 PT 96 PT 120 Model MET Model 3SC Model BVT email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page TS-3A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 1
AERO Manufacturing PT-72 Item#: 1 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS MET/MMT/EFT/3SC/DC/BVT/PT SERIES B 4.00 B A B 2.00 A 30.00 10.00 45.00 35.00 ADJ +1" 16.00 20.00 10" DEEP 20.00 5" DEEP MODEL PT 21.00 A 6.00 10.50 45.50 35.00 16.00 4.00 14" DEEP 36.00 6.00 OUTLET MID-SHELF MODEL BVT 29.00 35.00 MID-SHELF 6.00 MODEL DC 4.00 A B 14GA 304 Ship Cubic Width Length Model # Weight Feet MOBILE EQUIPMENT TABLE 24 30 MET 2430 58 15 MOBILE MIXER TABLE 30 30 MMT 3030 72 19 30 36 MMT 3036 78 23 EQUIPMENT FILLER TABLE 24 18 EFT 24 27 2 30 18 EFT 30 35 3 SINK CABINET 30 24 3SC-3024 150 30 36 24 3SC-3624 175 30 DISH CABINET 15 48 DC-1548 135 45 15 60 DC-1560 180 45 15 72 DC-1572 230 45 15 84 DC-1584 275 45 15 96 DC-1596 320 45 15 120 DC-15120 410 45 15 144 DC-15144 440 45 NOTE: 16 GA 304 Stainless Steel Top w/1 Rolled Edge Two Stainless Steel Undershelves BEVERAGE TABLE 30 48 BVT 48 290 33 30 60 BVT 60 360 42 30 72 BVT 72 440 50 30 84 BVT 84 510 58 30 96 BVT 96 580 67 PREP TABLE 30 48 PT 48 180 33 30 60 PT 60 230 42 30 72 PT 72 280 50 30 96 PT 96 370 67 30 120 PT 120 460 83 14.00 A 42.00 30.00 35.00 HINGE DOOR 10.00 8.00 B 10" DEEP MODEL 3SC All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages TS-5A,TS-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page TS-3B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 2
Edlund ERS-60RB Item#: 2 ERS Series Digital Receiving Scales The first in our newest series of digital receiving scales! The ERS-60 is a low-profile, heavy-duty portable scale that offers you a choice of plug-in power, AA battery operation, or a rechargeable battery pack, now at a lower cost. More value and a better weigh! ERS-60 ERS-60 plugged in with dual-voltage 12-volt power supply (included) ERS-60 with rechargeable battery option FEATURES: Large LCD display 4 load cell technology Special hold feature CSA and UL approved dual-voltage power supply included SPECIFICATIONS: Also operates on 6 AA batteries Rechargeable battery option (replaces 6 AA battery box) Wall mounting bracket included Large 12 x 12 1 2 stainless steel platform Rechargeable battery pack MODEL # DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CASE CUBE CASE WEIGHT CODE FT3/M3 LBS/KGS ERS-60 60 lbs./30 kg x.25 oz./5 g Receiving Scale with Hold Feature 51800 1.1/.03 13.0/5.7 ERS-60 RB 60 lbs./30 kg x.25 oz./5 g Receiving Scale with Hold Feature 51850 1.1/.03 13.0/5.7 and Rechargeable Battery Pack We re in your kitchen. Edlund Company, Inc., 159 Industrial Parkway, Burlington, VT 05401, USA 800-772-2126 www.edlundco.com WARRANTY INFORMATION: THE EDLUND COMPANY WARRANTS THESE PRODUCTS TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF PURCHASE. THE COMPANY S OBLIGATION UNDER THIS WARRANTY IS LIMITED TO REPAIRING OR REPLACING WITHOUT CHARGE ANY PART OR PARTS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE UNDER NORMAL USE. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PURCHASER TO RETURN THE ENTIRE UNIT TO THE FACTORY, TRANSPORTATION CHARGES PREPAID. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER PARTS THAT MUST BE REPLACED UNDER NORMAL USE, INCLUDING KNIVES AND DRIVE GEARS ON CAN OPENERS. NO OTHER WARRANTY, WRITTEN OR VERBAL, IS AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. WARRANTY INFORMATION OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES MAY VARY, CONSULT YOUR DISTRIBUTOR. 07/08 ED01-4847 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 3
Robot Coupe R602V Item#:3 The Inventor & World Leader in Food Processors Series E R602V Commercial Food Processor Combination Veg Prep and Vertical Cutter-Mixer Powerful 3 H.P. variable speed motor with magnetic safety switch. Push button On-Off and speed control switch. Metal motor support with metal motor base designed for heavy duty use. 7 Qt. stainless steel bowl with handle and stainless steel smooth S blade. Metal vegetable preparation attachment equiped with two deep feed openings. One for larger produce and one for smaller, more delicate produce. Magnetic safety system and auto shut-off for maximum operator safety. Prepare 2000 servings in less than 3 hours Vegetable prep attachment designed for quality continuous feed slicing, dicing, shredding, grating, french fry, and julienne. Accommodates 38 different processing discs. Bowl attachment designed for vertical cutting and mixing; mix, chop, puree and blend. Also available as Continuous Feed Unit Only (R602VC) and Bowl Unit Only (R602VB). Attachments easily removed for optimum cleaning and sanitation ability. Unit base uses 14 1/2 x 14 3/4 of counter space. Packed with two processing discs: 28064-3mm (1/8 ) slicing & 28058-3mm (1/8 ) grating as standard. Large selection of discs available 1 year parts and labor warranty. Robot Coupe U.S.A., Inc. P.O. Box 16625 Jackson, MS 39236-6625 1-800-824-1646 (601) 898-8411 FAX: (601) 898-9134 www.robotcoupeusa.com e-mail: info@robotcoupeusa. com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 4
Robot Coupe R602V Item#:3 The Inventor & World Leader in Food Processors Specifications STANDARD MODEL: includes motor base unit with 7 Qt. stainless steel bowl with handle and continuous feed attachment kit, one 1/8 (3mm) slicing disc and one 1/8 (3mm) medium grating disc. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS: 120V, 60Hz, 15 Amps, single phase. NEMA # 5-15P SWITCHING: Control panel with push-type on / off buttons and computerized variable speed selection switch. MOTOR: 3 HP, 370-3450 RPM WEIGHT: 92 lbs. net, 99 lbs. approximate shipping weight. R602V Commercial Food Processor PROCESSING DISCS * For Series D & E machines only Slicing Discs 28062 1/32 (1mm) 28063 5/64 (2mm) 28064 1/8 (3mm) 28004 5/32 (4mm) 28128* 3/16 (5mm) 28129* 5/16 (8mm) 28130* 3/8 (10mm) 28131* 9/16 (14mm) 28132* 25/32 (20mm) 28133* 1 (25mm) Ripple Cut Slicers 27068 5/64 (2mm) 27069 1/8 (3mm) 27070 3/16 (5mm) Grating Discs 28056 1/16 (1.5mm) 28057 5/64 (2mm) 28058 1/8 (3mm) 28136 5/32 (4mm) 28163 3/16 (5mm) 28164 9/32 (7mm) 28165 11/32 (9mm) 28055 Fine Pulping 28061 Hard Cheese Grate French Fry Kits** 28134* 5/16 (8mm) 28135* 3/8 (10mm) Romaine Lettuce Kit 28133/104031 2 Series E Julienne Discs 28051 5/64 x 5/64 (2mm x 2mm) 27072 5/64 x 5/32 (2mm x 4mm) 27066 5/64 x 1/4 (2mm x 6mm) 27067 5/64 x 5/16 (2mm x 8mm) 28101 5/64 x 5/16 (3mm x 3mm) 28052 5/32 x 5/32 (4mm x 4mm) 28053 1/4 x 1/4 (6mm x 6mm) 28054 5/16 x 5/16 (8mm x 8mm) Dicing Kits 28110 3/16 x 3/16 (5mm x 5mm) 28111 5/16 x 5/16 (8mm x 8mm) 28112 3/8 x 3/8 (10mm x 10mm) 28113 9/16 x 9/16 (14mm x 14mm) 28114 25/32 x 25/32 (20mm x 20mm) 28115 1 x 1 (25mm x 25mm) OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT: 36 additional processing discs and single or multiple disc rack or wall-mounted disc rack. STANDARDS: ETL electrical & sanitation, cetl (Canada) Continuous Feed Unit Bowl Unit Robot Coupe U.S.A., Inc. P.O. Box 16625 Jackson, MS 39236-6625 1-800-824-1646 (601) 898-8411 FAX: (601) 898-9134 www.robotcoupeusa.com e-mail: info@robotcoupeusa.com Distributed by: Robot Coupe reserves the right to change specifications. Call the factory for latest specifications and recommendations. 2003 Robot Coupe U.S.A., Inc. LItho in U.S.A. WKK 06/03 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 5
Nor-Lake 7X8X8-7 ( SPEC ATTACHED ) Item#:5 NOR-LAKE INCORPORATED 727 Second Street P.O. Box 248 Hudson, Wisconsin 54016 800-955-5253 715-386-2323 800-388-5253 PARTS 715-386-6149 FAX www.norlake.com FAST-TRAK WALK-INS Coolers, Freezers and Combination Cooler/Freezers In Stock for 5 DAY SHIPMENT STANDARD FEATURES Available in Unlimited lengths Available in widths of 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 &12 Heights 7 7 and 8 7 combination with floor freezers and less floor coolers with 4-3/8 foam sealers Indoor or outdoor models Remote Refrigeration Systems Temperatures: 38 o F, 35 o F, -10 o F Full 4" thick panels foamed-in-place with HFC-134a polyurethane insulation which is CFC and HCFC free 26 gauge corrosion resistant stucco embossed temper passed coated steel on all surfaces except interior floor. Smooth aluminum interior floor (on models with floor) Floorless models supplied with NSF listed vinyl sealers 26", 30 or 36 wide, self-closing doors with Fast-Trak frame Deadbolt locking handle with independent key/padlock feature and inside safety release Two heavy duty cam-lift hinges per door, top hinge field adjustable with locking set screw Spring actuated door closer Magnetic gasket Digital thermometer Floor double sweep gasket Perimeter door heater wire Vapor-proof light Switch and pilot light NSF, UL flame spread 25 on all panels; UL and CSA electrical listing on door sections UL and CSA electrical listing on refrigeration systems City of New York (MEA) listed City of Houston listed LA County listed California State listed Oregon State listed USDA accepted Registered by UL to ISO 9001:2000 Fifteen year panel warranty 18 month labor warranty One year parts warranty OPTIONAL FEATURES Outdoor membrane roof systems Door rain hoods Interior and/or exterior 30 high stainless steel door kick plates Exterior ramp for floor models Interior ramps (30 &36 wide) for floor models Leak detector/alarm (may be a requirement in some areas) Extra vapor-proof lights (shipped loose) Secure Guard Lock high security locking system Strip curtains (shipped loose) Non-skid floor strips (shipped loose) Shelving systems 1-3/8 tile and grout screed for floorless applications Nor-Lake, Inc. Registered to ISO 9001:2000 File No. A3204 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 6 FAST-TRAK WALK-INS SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Nor-Lake 7X8X8-7 ( SPEC ATTACHED ) Item#:5 FAST-TRAK WALK-INS REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS 5 DAY SHIPMENT Remote Refrigeration Systems* Balanced Remote Refrigeration Systems In stock for 5 day shipment May be ordered uncharged for field installation or... Pre-charged with pre-charged line lengths from 5 to 50 Pre-charged systems include quick connect fittings for easy installation All condensing units are assembled on a heavy duty platform Systems include an all weather hood and outdoor controls for -20 o F ambient installations Fast-Trak Remote Refrigeration Systems (Field Piped & Field Charged) 38 o F & 35 o F Operation Series Model No. Voltage Refrigerant Condensing unit Evaporator coil MCA MCA 50 NAWA50RLO-WB 115/60/1 R-22 10.9 2.0 75 NAWA75RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 10.1 2.0 100 NAWA100RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 9.9 4.0 150 NAWA150RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 14.2 4.0 200 NAWA200RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 19.2 6.0 Option: Pre-charged line sets from 5 to 50 *System sizes limited to models listed above -10 o F Operation 75 LAWD75RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 14.9 4.4 100 LAWD100RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 17.2 7.0 150 LAWD150RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 26.2 7.0 200 LAWD200RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 26.7 8.7 NOR-LAKE, INCORPORATED 727 Second Street Hudson, Wisconsin 54016 800-955-5253 715-386-2323 800-388-5253 PARTS 715-386-6149 FAX 2005 Nor-Lake Inc. www.norlake.com 10/05 101627 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 7
Nor-Lake 7X8X8-7 ( SPEC ATTACHED ) Item#:5 WALK-IN SPECIFICATIONS Fast-Trak walk-ins are built of modular panels, and are insulated with foamed-inplace HFC-134a polyurethane insulation which is CFC and HCFC free. Each panel is designed to ensure ease of installation, long term reliability and high insulating efficiency. A. B. C. A. All panels are manufactured with male and female mating rails to ensure proper alignment during installation. The polyurethane insulation wraps around the return bend metal seams on both sections to create a lightweight panel of exceptional strength and durability. All panels are a full four (4) inches thick and provide a superior insulating value. B. The foamed-in-place cam locking fasteners ensure an airtight seal for maximum energy efficiency. C. Fast-Trak panel gaskets around the outer perimeter of the panel are continuous, without cuts or breaks at corners. The Nor- Lake patented gasket design provides a foamed-in-place gasket as an integral part of the panel. Gaskets cannot fall off or pull off during shipment or installation. D. E. F. FAST-TRAK WALK-INS AVAILABLE IN BOTH SINGLE COMPARTMENT WALK-INS OR COOLER/FREEZER COMBINATIONS D. Panels lock together tightly to assure an energy efficient walk-in. E. Edge caps for ends of floor and ceiling panels are foamed-in-place rather than overlapped or mechanically fastened. Edge caps cannot come loose, and they stay in place through the life of the walk-in. F. Panel Finishes: Interior and exterior complete to be 26 gauge corrosion resistant stucco embossed temper passed coated steel. Models supplied with a floor will include a smooth aluminum interior floor surface. Insulation Panels to be four (4) inches thick, metal clad and foamed-in-place with HFC-134a polyurethane insulation which is CFC and HCFC free. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 8
Nor-Lake 7X8X8-7 ( SPEC ATTACHED ) Item#:5 DOOR DOORS FEATURE A STEPPED PROFILE DESIGN Door sections manufactured at Nor-Lake are factory tested to assure proper fit, performance and alignment. All doors feature a stepped profile design that serves as a barrier to air flow which results in an energy efficient door system. Each Fast-Trak walk-in compartment is equipped with a 26, 30 or 36 wide x 78 high door. The door is self-closing, flush mounted, infitting and constructed to incorporate heavy duty, molded ABS breaker which is permanently foamed-in-place. VAPOR PROOF LIGHT FIXTURE DEADBOLT LOCKING HANDLE NL 9800 deadbolt locking handle with independent key/padlock feature and inside safety release. SPRING ACTUATED DOOR CLOSER FLOORLESS MODELS ARE SUPPLIED WITH A PATENTED VINYL FLOOR SEALER. Doors are available with right or left side hinges and include two cam-lift hinges, top hinge field adjustable with locking set screw, magnetic gasket, double sweep gasket, spring actuated door closer, NL 9800 deadbolt locking handle with independent key/padlock feature and inside safety release. The doors are prehung in a four foot wide frame panel which is equipped with replaceable perimeter heater wire, magnetic stainless steel trim, 2-1/2 digital thermometer, vapor-proof light fixture and switch with exterior pilot indicator light. The door section is completely pre-wired within concealed conduit inside the door frame panel. 115/60/1 electrical is field wired to a junction box which is surface mounted on the interior frame above the vapor proof light fixture. Hinges and door handle are mounted to 1/2 synthetic insulated tapping plates. Each door section is complete with a heavy gauge galvanized steel heated threshold. FLOOR CONSTRUCTION Floor panels (when supplied) are similar in construction to the wall panels except they are made to withstand uniformly distributed floor loads of up to 800 pounds per square foot. The interior floor metal is smooth aluminum. Floorless models, are supplied with a patented vinyl floor sealer to stop conductivity at floor level. This unique sealer sits flat on existing floors and fits tightly against the interior/exterior wall panels. The walk-in wall panel is supported on the shoulder of the sealer so the foam edge is free of compressing weight. The vinyl floor sealer is NSF listed. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 9
Nor-Lake 11X16X8-7 COMBO1 ( 3 COMPARTMENTS SPECS ATTACHED ) Item#:7,8 NOR-LAKE INCORPORATED 727 Second Street P.O. Box 248 Hudson, Wisconsin 54016 800-955-5253 715-386-2323 800-388-5253 PARTS 715-386-6149 FAX www.norlake.com FAST-TRAK WALK-INS Coolers, Freezers and Combination Cooler/Freezers In Stock for 5 DAY SHIPMENT STANDARD FEATURES Available in Unlimited lengths Available in widths of 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 &12 Heights 7 7 and 8 7 combination with floor freezers and less floor coolers with 4-3/8 foam sealers Indoor or outdoor models Remote Refrigeration Systems Temperatures: 38 o F, 35 o F, -10 o F Full 4" thick panels foamed-in-place with HFC-134a polyurethane insulation which is CFC and HCFC free 26 gauge corrosion resistant stucco embossed temper passed coated steel on all surfaces except interior floor. Smooth aluminum interior floor (on models with floor) Floorless models supplied with NSF listed vinyl sealers 26", 30 or 36 wide, self-closing doors with Fast-Trak frame Deadbolt locking handle with independent key/padlock feature and inside safety release Two heavy duty cam-lift hinges per door, top hinge field adjustable with locking set screw Spring actuated door closer Magnetic gasket Digital thermometer Floor double sweep gasket Perimeter door heater wire Vapor-proof light Switch and pilot light NSF, UL flame spread 25 on all panels; UL and CSA electrical listing on door sections UL and CSA electrical listing on refrigeration systems City of New York (MEA) listed City of Houston listed LA County listed California State listed Oregon State listed USDA accepted Registered by UL to ISO 9001:2000 Fifteen year panel warranty 18 month labor warranty One year parts warranty OPTIONAL FEATURES Outdoor membrane roof systems Door rain hoods Interior and/or exterior 30 high stainless steel door kick plates Exterior ramp for floor models Interior ramps (30 &36 wide) for floor models Leak detector/alarm (may be a requirement in some areas) Extra vapor-proof lights (shipped loose) Secure Guard Lock high security locking system Strip curtains (shipped loose) Non-skid floor strips (shipped loose) Shelving systems 1-3/8 tile and grout screed for floorless applications Nor-Lake, Inc. Registered to ISO 9001:2000 File No. A3204 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 10 FAST-TRAK WALK-INS SPECIFICATION GUIDE
Nor-Lake 11X16X8-7 COMBO1 ( 3 COMPARTMENTS SPECS ATTACHED ) Item#:7,8 FAST-TRAK WALK-INS REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS 5 DAY SHIPMENT Remote Refrigeration Systems* Balanced Remote Refrigeration Systems In stock for 5 day shipment May be ordered uncharged for field installation or... Pre-charged with pre-charged line lengths from 5 to 50 Pre-charged systems include quick connect fittings for easy installation All condensing units are assembled on a heavy duty platform Systems include an all weather hood and outdoor controls for -20 o F ambient installations Fast-Trak Remote Refrigeration Systems (Field Piped & Field Charged) 38 o F & 35 o F Operation Series Model No. Voltage Refrigerant Condensing unit Evaporator coil MCA MCA 50 NAWA50RLO-WB 115/60/1 R-22 10.9 2.0 75 NAWA75RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 10.1 2.0 100 NAWA100RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 9.9 4.0 150 NAWA150RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 14.2 4.0 200 NAWA200RL4-WB 115/208/230/60/1 R-22 19.2 6.0 Option: Pre-charged line sets from 5 to 50 *System sizes limited to models listed above -10 o F Operation 75 LAWD75RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 14.9 4.4 100 LAWD100RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 17.2 7.0 150 LAWD150RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 26.2 7.0 200 LAWD200RL4-WB 208/230/60/1 R-404A 26.7 8.7 NOR-LAKE, INCORPORATED 727 Second Street Hudson, Wisconsin 54016 800-955-5253 715-386-2323 800-388-5253 PARTS 715-386-6149 FAX 2005 Nor-Lake Inc. www.norlake.com 10/05 101627 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 11
Nor-Lake 11X16X8-7 COMBO1 ( 3 COMPARTMENTS SPECS ATTACHED ) Item#:7,8 WALK-IN SPECIFICATIONS Fast-Trak walk-ins are built of modular panels, and are insulated with foamed-inplace HFC-134a polyurethane insulation which is CFC and HCFC free. Each panel is designed to ensure ease of installation, long term reliability and high insulating efficiency. A. B. C. A. All panels are manufactured with male and female mating rails to ensure proper alignment during installation. The polyurethane insulation wraps around the return bend metal seams on both sections to create a lightweight panel of exceptional strength and durability. All panels are a full four (4) inches thick and provide a superior insulating value. B. The foamed-in-place cam locking fasteners ensure an airtight seal for maximum energy efficiency. C. Fast-Trak panel gaskets around the outer perimeter of the panel are continuous, without cuts or breaks at corners. The Nor- Lake patented gasket design provides a foamed-in-place gasket as an integral part of the panel. Gaskets cannot fall off or pull off during shipment or installation. D. E. F. FAST-TRAK WALK-INS AVAILABLE IN BOTH SINGLE COMPARTMENT WALK-INS OR COOLER/FREEZER COMBINATIONS D. Panels lock together tightly to assure an energy efficient walk-in. E. Edge caps for ends of floor and ceiling panels are foamed-in-place rather than overlapped or mechanically fastened. Edge caps cannot come loose, and they stay in place through the life of the walk-in. F. Panel Finishes: Interior and exterior complete to be 26 gauge corrosion resistant stucco embossed temper passed coated steel. Models supplied with a floor will include a smooth aluminum interior floor surface. Insulation Panels to be four (4) inches thick, metal clad and foamed-in-place with HFC-134a polyurethane insulation which is CFC and HCFC free. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 12
Nor-Lake 11X16X8-7 COMBO1 ( 3 COMPARTMENTS SPECS ATTACHED ) Item#:7,8 DOOR DOORS FEATURE A STEPPED PROFILE DESIGN Door sections manufactured at Nor-Lake are factory tested to assure proper fit, performance and alignment. All doors feature a stepped profile design that serves as a barrier to air flow which results in an energy efficient door system. Each Fast-Trak walk-in compartment is equipped with a 26, 30 or 36 wide x 78 high door. The door is self-closing, flush mounted, infitting and constructed to incorporate heavy duty, molded ABS breaker which is permanently foamed-in-place. VAPOR PROOF LIGHT FIXTURE DEADBOLT LOCKING HANDLE NL 9800 deadbolt locking handle with independent key/padlock feature and inside safety release. SPRING ACTUATED DOOR CLOSER FLOORLESS MODELS ARE SUPPLIED WITH A PATENTED VINYL FLOOR SEALER. Doors are available with right or left side hinges and include two cam-lift hinges, top hinge field adjustable with locking set screw, magnetic gasket, double sweep gasket, spring actuated door closer, NL 9800 deadbolt locking handle with independent key/padlock feature and inside safety release. The doors are prehung in a four foot wide frame panel which is equipped with replaceable perimeter heater wire, magnetic stainless steel trim, 2-1/2 digital thermometer, vapor-proof light fixture and switch with exterior pilot indicator light. The door section is completely pre-wired within concealed conduit inside the door frame panel. 115/60/1 electrical is field wired to a junction box which is surface mounted on the interior frame above the vapor proof light fixture. Hinges and door handle are mounted to 1/2 synthetic insulated tapping plates. Each door section is complete with a heavy gauge galvanized steel heated threshold. FLOOR CONSTRUCTION Floor panels (when supplied) are similar in construction to the wall panels except they are made to withstand uniformly distributed floor loads of up to 800 pounds per square foot. The interior floor metal is smooth aluminum. Floorless models, are supplied with a patented vinyl floor sealer to stop conductivity at floor level. This unique sealer sits flat on existing floors and fits tightly against the interior/exterior wall panels. The walk-in wall panel is supported on the shoulder of the sealer so the foam edge is free of compressing weight. The vinyl floor sealer is NSF listed. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 13
AERO Manufacturing 2F4-2424-24LR Item#:11 NSF SINKS F4LR SERIES, Four Compartment with Two Drainboards Item# Project ECONOMY MF4LR SERIES MATERIAL BODY MF 16 gauge 304 stainless steel bowl, 430 body. 3F 16 gauge 304 stainless steel. 2F 14 gauge 304 stainless steel. (AEROSPEC) LEGS 1 5 8" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel tubing, complete with 1" adjustable impact resistant white metal feet. DESIGN FEATURES All sinks are fully cartoned. Easily assembled. Drainboards pitched 3 4" for positive drainage. 2F4LR SERIES EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Sink hemmed on the roll and backsplash to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Exclusive 14" bowl depth on all models (consultant s spec). Custom style fabricated bowl for true gauge integrity. All sinks have a 3 4" radius at all intersecting planes (consultant s spec). 18 gauge stainless steel strip to cover seams between bowls. Stainless steel gusset is machine welded 360 deg. to a stainless steel triangular plate. Gusset plate is fully welded directly underneath the sink for support. Polished to a #4 blended finish. All sinks with drainboards 30" or longer equipped with 2 stainless steel 1 5 8" O.D. legs with stainless steel gussets and white metal feet. PLUMBING Water supply is 1 2" hot and cold. Faucet holes are 8" o.c. (Faucets not included. See accessories). AEROSPEC Includes all of the above and the following: Full 10" backsplash instead of standard 7". 18 gauge stainless steel enclosure surrounding all sink bowls. Stainless steel feet in lieu of white metal. Legs have stainless steel crossbracing with aluminum castings at all intersections. ECONOMY DELUX AEROSPEC Quantity MF4 3F4 2F4 Model # Model # Model # 21" WIDE MF4 2116 18LR 3F4 2116 18LR 2F4 2116 18LR MF4 2116 24LR 3F4 2116 24LR 2F4 2116 24LR MF4 2116 30LR 3F4 2116 30LR 2F4 2116 30LR MF4 2116 36LR 3F4 2116 36LR 2F4 2116 36LR 20" WIDE MF4 2020 20LR 3F4 2020 20LR 2F4 2020 20LR MF4 2020 24LR 3F4 2020 24LR 2F4 2020 24LR MF4 2020 30LR 3F4 2020 30LR 2F4 2020 30LR MF4 2020 36LR 3F4 2020 36LR 2F4 2020 36LR 24" WIDE MF4 2418 18LR 3F4 2418 18LR 2F4 2418 18LR MF4 2418 24LR 3F4 2418 24LR 2F4 2418 24LR MF4 2418 30LR 3F4 2418 30LR 2F4 2418 30LR MF4 2418 36LR 3F4 2418 36LR 2F4 2418 36LR 24" WIDE MF4 2424 18LR 3F4 2424 18LR 2F4 2424 18LR MF4 2424 24LR 3F4 2424 24LR 2F4 2424 24LR MF4 2424 30LR 3F4 2424 30LR 2F4 2424 30LR MF4 2424 36LR 3F4 2424 36LR 2F4 2424 36LR 30" WIDE MF4 3020 20LR 3F4 3020 20LR 2F4 3020 20LR MF4 3020 24LR 3F4 3020 24LR 2F4 3020 24LR MF4 3020 30LR 3F4 3020 30LR 2F4 3020 30LR MF4 3020 36LR 3F4 3020 36LR 2F4 3020 36LR CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE Exclusive Aero Safety Edge 1" Sanitary Lip Fully Welded Gusset Assembly 14" Custom-Style Bowl CONSULTANT S SPECS AT PRODUCTION PRICES email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page F 17A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 14
AERO Manufacturing 2F4-2424-24LR Item#:11 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS F4LR SERIES, NSF Sinks, Four Compartment, Two Drainboards Supplied with stainless steel drain basket and strainer. ECONOMY MF4LR SERIES 8.00 8.00 2F4LR SERIES 10.00 14.00 42.50 18.50 34.50 FAUCET HT. ADJ CROSSBRACING ADJ +1" BOWL BOWL UNIT UNIT DRAIN A B C ECONOMY DELUX AEROSPEC Ship Cubic Sets, Width Length Width Length BOARD Drain Drain Drain MF4 3F4 2F4 Weight Feet Faucet Length Model # Model # Model # Holes 21" WIDE 21 16 27 103 18 27.5 13.75 16 MF4 2116 18LR 3F4 2116 18LR 2F4 2116 18LR 170 31 TWO 21 16 27 115 24 33.5 13.75 16 MF4 2116 24LR 3F4 2116 24LR 2F4 2116 24LR 180 33 TWO 21 16 27 127 30 39.5 13.75 16 MF4 2116 30LR 3F4 2116 30LR 2F4 2116 30LR 190 35 TWO 21 16 27 139 36 45.5 13.75 16 MF4 2116 36LR 3F4 2116 36LR 2F4 2116 36LR 200 37 TWO 20" WIDE 20 20 26 123 20 31.5 13.25 20 MF4 2020 20LR 3F4 2020 20LR 2F4 2020 20LR 200 35 TWO 20 20 26 131 24 35.5 13.25 20 MF4 2020 24LR 3F4 2020 24LR 2F4 2020 24LR 210 37 TWO 20 20 26 143 30 41.5 13.25 20 MF4 2020 30LR 3F4 2020 30LR 2F4 2020 30LR 220 39 TWO 20 20 26 155 36 47.5 13.25 20 MF4 2020 36LR 3F4 2020 36LR 2F4 2020 36LR 230 41 TWO 24" WIDE 24 18 30 111 18 28.5 13.75 18 MF4 2418 18LR 3F4 2418 18LR 2F4 2418 18LR 180 34 TWO 24 18 30 123 24 34.5 13.75 18 MF4 2418 24LR 3F4 2418 24LR 2F4 2418 24LR 190 36 TWO 24 18 30 135 30 40.5 13.75 18 MF4 2418 30LR 3F4 2418 30LR 2F4 2418 30LR 200 38 TWO 24 18 30 147 36 46.5 13.75 18 MF4 2418 36LR 3F4 2418 36LR 2F4 2418 36LR 210 40 TWO 24" WIDE 24 24 30 135 18 31.5 15.25 24 MF4 2424 18LR 3F4 2424 18LR 2F4 2424 18LR 220 46 TWO 24 24 30 147 24 37.5 15.25 24 MF4 2424 24LR 3F4 2424 24LR 2F4 2424 24LR 225 48 TWO 24 24 30 159 30 43.5 15.25 24 MF4 2424 30LR 3F4 2424 30LR 2F4 2424 30LR 230 50 TWO 24 24 30 171 36 49.5 15.25 24 MF4 2424 36LR 3F4 2424 36LR 2F4 2424 36LR 235 53 TWO 30" WIDE 30 20 36 123 20 31.5 18.25 20 MF4 3020 20LR 3F4 3020 20LR 2F4 3020 20LR 240 48 TWO 30 20 36 131 24 35.5 18.25 20 MF4 3020 24LR 3F4 3020 24LR 2F4 3020 24LR 245 50 TWO 30 20 36 143 30 41.5 18.25 20 MF4 3020 30LR 3F4 3020 30LR 2F4 3020 30LR 250 53 TWO 30 20 36 155 36 47.5 18.25 20 MF4 3020 36LR 3F4 3020 36LR 2F4 3020 36LR 255 56 TWO All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages FS-7A, FS-7B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page F 17B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 15
AERO Manufacturing S-20 Item#:11 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 16
AERO Manufacturing S-20 Item#:11 SINK ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS Quantity Model #Description SINK ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS S-1 12" Faucet (CH) S-2 12" Faucet (T & S) S-3 8" Faucet (CH) S-4 8" Faucet (T & S) S-5 14" Faucet (CH) S-6 14" Faucet (T & S) S-7 Pre-Rinse Faucet Wall (T & S) S-8 Pre-Rinse Faucet Deck (CH) S-9 Pre-Rinse Faucet Wall (CH) S-10 Add-On Faucet S-11 Repair Kit (CH or T&S) S-12 16" Faucet (CH) S-13 12" Pot Filler Faucet (CH) S-14 Vacuum Breaker S-15 Stainless Steel Wrap for M or 3 Series S-16 18" Swing Spout (T & S) S-17 Basket Strainer S-18 Leverwaste w/overflow S-19 S/S Lever Support Bracket S-20 2" Twist Type Leverwaste S-21 2 Compt Cont Waste S-22 3 Compt Cont Waste S-23 4 Compt Cont Waste S-24 3 4 "Poly Board Per Sq. Foot S-25 Backflow Preventer S-26 Splash Turndown Z Bracket Included S-27 Faucet Hole Revision Quantity Model #Description SINK ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS S-28 Working Height Revision S-29 S/S Leg w/foot S-30 S/S Foot S-31 S/S Flanged Foot S-32 Provision For Water Pump S-33 Provision For Hatco Heater S-34 Special Size Charge (Per Sink Bowl) S-35 Prepare Sink for Undercounter Dishwasher (24" Drainboard Minimum) S-38 Scrap Trough S-39 S/S Sink Cover S-40 Vacuum Breaker Holes S-41 Disposal Cone or Collar Weldment Only S-42 Scrap Block & Hole S-43 Drainboard Corner Turn S-44 Control Bracket S-45 Side Splash S-46 13" Splash Per Foot S-47 18" Splash Per Foot S-48 Poly Board Holder SINK MOUNTED SHELVES & POT RACKS S-49 Mounting Charge S-50 S/S Pot Rack Per Foot S-51 12" Solid Stainless Steel Shelf per Foot S-52 15" Wide Tubular Shelf per Foot FOR SINK UNDERSHELVES SEE PAGE DT-5 A&B BOLD TYPEFACE INDICATES ITEM ILLUSTRATED ABOVE email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page FS 7B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 17
Cambro CD2020HB110 Item#:13 Item No. Camdollies For Dish Racks Without Handle Model CD2020, CDR2020 With Handle Models CD2020H, CD2020HB, CDR2020H Features & Benefits Make any job easier by smoothly transporting stacks of full size 20" x 20" (50 cm x 50 cm) dish racks with these rugged and reliable Camdollies. The CDR2020 and CDR2020H models will transport side by side stacks of half size dish racks also. Load capacity: Model CD2020-300 lbs. (136 Kg.) Model CDR2020-350 lbs. (159 Kg.) Models CD2020H, CDR2020H, CD2020HB - 350 lbs. (159 Kg.) Material design: Models CD2020, CD2020H, CD2020HB - One piece seamless, double-wall, high-density polyethylene construction is extremely durable. Won't rust or corrode. Foamed-in-place polyurethane core adds greater structural strength and reduces noise. Molded in handle on Model CD2020H and CD2020HB is extra sturdy and will not break or bend. Provides controlled handling and maneuvering over the roughest terrain. Models CDR2020 and CDR2020H - Injection molded high-density polypropylene offers exceptional performance with improved affordability. Will handle the demands of any foodservice operation. Won't rust or corrode. Weighs 40% less than the CD2020 for improved ease of handling and carrying when empty. A chrome handle on the CDR2020H offers easy maneuvering. Simple to clean - all can be wiped down or steam cleaned. Casters: Models CD2020, CD2020H - Four each 3" (7,6 cm) heavy-duty, swivel casters, no brake. Bolted into molded-in steel plates. Model CD2020HB - Two each rear 10" (25,4 cm) Easy Wheels and 2 each 5" (12,7 cm) swivel casters, 1 w/ brake. Bolted into molded-in steel plates. Models CDR2020, CDR2020H - Four each 4" (10 cm) swivel casters, no brake. No assembly required for models CD2020, CD2020H and CD2020HB. Minimal assembly required for CDR2020 and CDR2020H. Colors: Models CD2020, CD2020H and CD2020HB available in 7 colors. Models CDR2020 andcdr2020h available in Soft Gray (151) only. Specifier Identification No. Model No. Quantity CD2020H For Camracks CD2020 CD2020HB CDR2020 10" (25,4 cm) Easy Wheels CDR2020H Approvals CD2020, CD2020H, CD2020HB only. 2002 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A. T e l e p h o n e (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Hot Line 800 833 3003 LIT FCST-0102-06 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 18 6
Cambro CD2020HB110 Item#:13 Camdollies For Dish Racks Without Handle Model CD2020, CDR2020 With Handle Models CD2020H, CD2020HB, CDR2020H Item No. Specifier Identification No. Model No. Quantity CD2020 CDR2020H CDR2020 Specifications Dimension Tolerance: +/- 1 /4" (0,64 cm) Load Interior Dimensions Exterior Dimensions Case lbs./cube Code Description Capacity W x L L x W x H Kg/m 3 Without Handle CD2020 Camdolly 300 lbs 20 1 16" x 20 1 16" 22 1 2" x 22 1 2" x 8 1 4" 19 (2.14) (136 Kg) (51 x 51 cm) (57 x 57 x 21 cm) 9 (0,06) CDR2020 Camdolly 350 lbs 20 7 8" x 20 7 8" 21 3 8" x 21 3 8" x 7" 11 3 4 (1.14) (159 Kg) (53 x 53 cm) (54 x 54 x 18 cm) 5,3 (0,03) With Handle CD2020H Camdolly 350 lbs 20 1 4" x 20 1 4" 25 1 2" x 22 1 4" x 36 1 2" 32 1 4 (11.45) (159 Kg) (52 x 52 cm) (65 x 57 x 93 cm) 15 (0,32) CDR2020H Camdolly 350 lbs 20 7 8" x 20 7 8" 25 1 8" x 21 3 8" x 36" 21 1 2 (3.25) (159 Kg) (53 x 53 cm) (64 x 54 x 91 cm) 9,7 (0,1) CD2020HB Camdolly 350 lbs 20 1 2" x 20 5 8" 27" x 26 1 8" x 36 1 2" 46 (15.89) (159 Kg) (52 x 52 cm) (69 x 66 x 93 cm) 21 (0,44) Architect Specs CD2020H The dish rack transport cart shall be a Camdolly, Cambro Model...manufactured by Cambro Mfg. Co., Huntington Beach, CA 92648 U.S.A. Models CD2020, CD2020H and CD2020HB shall be constructed of single-molded, seamless, double wall, high-density polyethylene and thick foam injected polyurethane. Models CDR2020 and CDR2020H shall be constructed of injection molded polypropylene. It shall be available with a load capacity of either 300 or 350 lbs. (136 or 159 Kg). It shall be available with a molded-in handle or a chrome handle. Models CD2020, CD2020H and CD2020HB shall be available with 4 each 5" (12,7 cm) swivel casters, no brake, or with 2 each 10" (25,4 cm) Easy Wheels and 2 each 5" (12,7 cm) swivel casters, 1 w/ brake. Casters shall be bolted into molded-in metal plates. Models CDR2020 and CDR2020H shall be available with 4 each 4" (10 cm) swivel casters, no brake. Models CDR2020 and CDR2020H shall be available in 1 color and shall require minimal assembly. Models CD2020, CD2020H and CD2020HB shall be available in 7 colors and require no assembly. CD2020HB Standard Colors (CD2020, CD2020H, CD2020HB) Coffee Beige (157) Dark Brown (131) Black (110) Slate Blue (401) Gray (180) Brick Red (402) Green (519) Standard Colors (CDR2020, CDR2020H) Soft Gray (151) Approvals CD2020, CD2020H, CD2020HB only. 2002 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A. T e l e p h o n e (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Hot Line 800 833 3003 Printed in USA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 19
AERO Manufacturing 2CD-R-36 Item#:15 CLEAN, RIGHT HAND DISHTABLES CDR/CDCR/CDIR/STB SERIES Item# Project Model CDR MATERIAL DISHTABLE 3CD 16 gauge 304 stainless steel. 2CD 14 gauge 304 stainless steel. LEGS 1 5 8" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel tubing, complete with 1" adjustable, impact resistant, white metal feet. CROSSBRACING 1 1 4" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel crossbracing, 1 5 8" I.D. aluminum castings at all leg intersections DESIGN FEATURES All dishtables have a 3 4" radius at all intersecting planes (consultant s spec). All dishtables fully cartoned. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Table hemmed to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Plated gusset is machine welded 360 deg. to a stainless steel triangular plate. Gusset plate is fully welded directly underneath the sink for support. Polished to a #4 blended finish. SORTING TABLE includes: 16 gauge 304 stainless steel top. 3" high rolled rim 3 sides with 7" backsplash. Stainless steel crossbraced legs 4 sides. OPTIONS T-129 set of 4" HD Casters. D-1 3 1 2" drainhole. Model CDCR Model CDIR DELUX AEROSPEC Quantity Model # Model # CLEAN, STRAIGHT DISHTABLES 3CD R 24 2CD R 24 3CD R 30 2CD R 30 3CD R 36 2CD R 36 3CD R 48 2CD R 48 3CD R 60 2CD R 60 3CD R 72 2CD R 72 3CD R 84 2CD R 84 3CD R 96 2CD R 96 3CD R 120 2CD R 120 3CD R 144 2CD R 144 CLEAN, CORNER DISHTABLES 3CDC R 48 2CDC R 48 3CDC R 60 2CDC R 60 3CDC R 72 2CDC R 72 3CDC R 84 2CDC R 84 3CDC R 96 2CDC R 96 3CDC R 120 2CDC R 120 3CDC R 144 2CDC R 144 CLEAN, ISLAND DISHTABLES 3CDI R 48 2CDI R 48 3CDI R 60 2CDI R 60 3CDI R 72 2CDI R 72 3CDI R 84 2CDI R 84 3CDI R 96 2CDI R 96 3CDI R 120 2CDI R 120 3CDI R 144 2CDI R 144 SORTING TABLE, WITH 7" SPLASH 3STB-48 3STB-60 3STB-72 3STB-84 Model 3STB CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page DT 2A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 20
AERO Manufacturing 2CD-R-36 Item#:15 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS CDR/CDCR/CDIR/STB SERIES Model CDCR A B DELUX AEROSPEC Ship Cubic Width Length 16GA 304 14GA 304 Weight Feet Model # Model # CLEAN, STRAIGHT DISHTABLES 30 24 3CD R 24 2CD R 24 40 8 30 30 3CD R 30 2CD R 30 46 10 30 36 3CD R 36 2CD R 36 51 12 30 48 3CD R 48 2CD R 48 61 15 30 60 3CD R 60 2CD R 60 71 19 30 72 3CD R 72 2CD R 72 85 22 30 84 3CD R 84 2CD R 84 100 26 30 96 3CD R 96 2CD R 96 105 28 30 120 3CD R 120 2CD R 120 115 31 30 144 3CD R 144 2CD R 144 125 35 CLEAN, CORNER DISHTABLES 60 48 3CDC R 48 2CDC R 48 120 30 60 60 3CDC R 60 2CDC R 60 130 37 60 72 3CDC R 72 2CDC R 72 140 44 60 84 3CDC R 84 2CDC R 84 150 51 60 96 3CDC R 96 2CDC R 96 160 58 60 120 3CDC R 120 2CDC R 120 170 65 60 144 3CDC R 144 2CDC R 144 180 72 CLEAN, ISLAND DISHTABLES 60 48 3CDI R 48 2CDI R 48 120 30 60 60 3CDI R 60 2CDI R 60 130 37 60 72 3CDI R 72 2CDI R 72 140 44 60 84 3CDI R 84 2CDI R 84 150 51 60 96 3CDI R 96 2CDI R 96 160 58 60 120 3CDI R 120 2CDI R 120 170 65 60 144 3CDI R 144 2CDI R 144 180 72 SORTING TABLE, WITH 10" SPLASH 30 51 3STB-48 69 12 30 63 3STB-60 84 15 30 75 3STB-72 91 18 30 87 3STB-84 99 21 40.00 7.00 33.00 Model 3STB B A All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages DT-5A & DT-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page DT 2B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 21
CMA Dishmachines EST-44H/R-L Item#:16 OPTIONAL VENT HOODS Model shown as Left to Right. Also available as Right to Left. Water Consumption Only.49 Gallons Per Rack of Dishes Meets ENERGY STAR FEATURES: n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n EST-44 High Temperature Low Temperature 44" Conveyor Dishwasher Energy Star approved. Automatic water control system. 243 racks / 970 covers per hour. Economical to operate. Uses only.49 gallons of water per rack of dishes. Single control switch activation. Power rinse heater system. Unique 3-stage washing process provides wash, power rinse and final rinse all in a 44" machine. Automatic soil purging system filters wash water and traps plate debris into an external tray. Tray can be easily removed for cleaning. All stainless steel construction offers durable performance and years of trouble-free operation. Chemical resistant industrial heaters are proven to be more durable than commercial grade heaters. Large 19" opening accommodates larger items and utensils. Auto start/stop makes operation more energy efficient. Easy to remove and replace curtains for cleaning. Includes table limit switch and rack saver clutch system that protects the machine, dishracks and table from damage. Stainless steel chemical injection chamber. New energy efficient oil-free drive system. Strategically located spray arms with spray p a t t e r n p o s i t i o n e d f o r a d d i t i o n a l w a s h coverage. L a r g e 1 9 " o p e n i n g accommodates larger items and utensils. Available Options n Corner Feed Table (FACTORY INSTALLED RECOMMENDED) n Vent Hood with 4" x 16" Vent and Damper Control (2 per set) n Alternative electrical options n Hatco Booster Heater available n Stainless Steel dishtables n Drain Water Tempering Kit n E Temp CMA booster heater(40 rise) n Single Drain Connection Kit Shown with optional c o r n e r f e e d t a b l e. Available right or left. Easy to remove wash arms with captive end caps. Never lose another end cap again! New user friendly single action control switch with easy access and easy to clean around control box. UR L LISTED COMMERCIAL DISHWASHER 864T C UR L US LISTED COMMERCIAL DISHWASHER 864T CMA Dishmachines 12700 Knott Street Garden Grove, CA 92841 800-854-6417 714-898-8781 Fax: 714-895-2141 www.cmadishmachines.com CMA reserves the right to modify specifications or discontinue models without prior notification. Printed in the U.S.A. 2009 CMA, Inc. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 22
CMA Dishmachines EST-44H/R-L Item#:16 180 F Water Inlet 21" 15-1/2" 5" Min. 3" Off Deck 140 F Water Inlet 3" Off Deck 16" Electrical Hook Up 4-1/4" Off The Top 53-1/2" 13" 44" 61-1/8" 4" 25-1/8" TOP VIEW EST-44 High Temperature Low Temperature 44" Conveyor Dishwasher WARNING: Plumbing connections must be made by a qualified service company who will comply with all (necessary) Federal, State, and Local Health, Plumbing and Safety codes. 65" Leg Adj 66" 33-3/4" Leg Adj 35" Clearance For Conveyor Rocker Arm Is 7-1/4" From Tank 9-1/2" RIGHT TO LEFT 2" Drain Optional Vent Hoods 4"X16" 8" Splash Shield Each End 9" 6-1/2" Leg Adj 7-1/2" Drain Specifications: MODEL EST-44H/L USA METRIC USA METRIC OPERATING CAPACITY RACKS PER HOUR (NSF RATED) 243 243 CONVEYOR SPEED 6.75 FT./MIN. (206 CM/MIN.) WASH PUMP MOTORS HP 1 1 RINSE PUMP MOTOR HP 1/3 1/3 CONVEYOR MOTOR HP 1/3 1/3 WATER INLET - FILL 1/2" (1.27cm) WATER INLET - FINAL RINSE 1/2" (1.27cm) DRAIN SIZE 2" (5.1cm) FINAL RINSE PRESSURE 20 + 5psi (1.41 kg/cm 2 ) WASH TANK CAPACITY PRE-RINSE 4.25 GAL (16.0 L) WASH 11.75 GAL (44.5 L) TOTAL 16.0 GAL (60.5 L) WASH PUMP CAPACITY EACH 52 GPM (197 LPM) OPERATING TEMPERATURE EST-44H WASH 150 F-160 F (66 C/71 C) PUMPED RINSE 150 F-160 F (66 C/71 C) FINAL RINSE 180 F-195 F (82 C/90 C) OPERATING TEMPERATURE EST-44L WASH RECOMMENDED 140 F-150 F (60 C/68 C) PUMPED RINSE RECOMMENDED 140 F-150 F (60 C/68 C) FINAL RINSE RECOMMENDED 140 F-150 F (60 C/68 C) WATER CONSUMPTION PER RACK (FINAL RINSE).49 GAL (1.8 L) PER HOUR (FINAL RINSE) 119 GPH (450 LPH) 24" FRONT VIEW 71-3/4" Leg Adj. 72-3/4" 55-1/2" Leg Adj. 56-1/2" Opening 20-3/4" RIGHT VIEW DIMENSIONS DEPTH 25-1/8" (64cm) WIDTH 44" (111.7cm) HEIGHT 55-1/2"-56-1/2" (140.97-143.51cm) STANDARD TABLE HEIGHT 34" (86cm) MAX HEIGHT CLEARANCE 19" (48cm) STANDARD DISHRACK 1 1 DIMENSIONS 19-3/4"X19-3/4" (50X50cm) ELECTRICAL RATING VOLTS PHASE AMPS 208 1 69 240 1 76 208 3 46 240 3 51 480 3 24 WASH TANK HEATER 10kW RINSE TANK HEATER 3kW SPECIFY DIRECTION OF RACK TRAVEL (RIGHT TO LEFT, LEFT TO RIGHT) WHEN ORDERING SHIPPING WEIGHT APPROXIMATE 662# (300kg) Summary Specifications: Model EST-44 Conveyors The Model EST-44H high temperature and EST-44L Chemical Sanitizing conveyor dishwashers meets ETL sanitation, UL, and CUL construction standards. The EST-44 performs three separate washing functions including a built-in power rinse, all in a 44" space. The EST-44 washes up to 243 racks per hour and uses a minimum.49 gallons of water per rack while achieving sparkling, clean, dry dishes. Constructed entirely of stainless steel. Available Models n EST-44H R/L Right to Left n EST-44H L/R Left to Right n EST-44L R/L Right to Left n EST-44L L/R Left to Right CMA Dishmachines 12700 Knott Street Garden Grove, CA 92841 800-854-6417 714-898-8781 Fax: 714-895-2141 www.cmadishmachines.com CMA reserves the right to modify specifications or discontinue models without prior notification. Printed in the U.S.A. 2009 CMA, Inc. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 23
AERO Manufacturing 3SDL-R-84 Item#:17 SOILED, RIGHT HAND DISHTABLES SDR/SDCR/SDIR, SDR, USDR SERIES Item# Project Model SDR MATERIAL DISHTABLE 3CD 16 gauge 304 stainless steel. 2CD 14 gauge 304 stainless steel. LEGS 1 5 8" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel tubing, complete with 1" adjustable, impact resistant, white metal feet. CROSSBRACING 1 5 8" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel crossbracing, 1 5 8" I.D. aluminum castings at all intersections DESIGN FEATURES All dishtables have a 3 4" radius at all intersecting planes (consultant s spec). All dishtables fully cartoned. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Table hemmed on the roll and backsplash to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION EXCLUSIVE CUSTOM STYLE 20" x 20" x 5" DEEP FABRICATED BOWL FOR TRUE GAUGE INTEGRITY. Plated gusset is machine welded 360 deg. to a stainless steel triangular plate. Gusset plate is fully welded directly underneath the sink for support. Polished to a #4 blended finish. PLUMBING Water supply is 1 2" hot and cold. Faucet holes are 8" o.c. (splash mount, not included, see accessories). AEROSPEC Includes all of the above and the following: Full 10" backsplash instead of standard 7". STainless steel feet in lieu of white metal. NOTE: See Accessories page DT-5A for options. Model SDLR Model SDCR CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE CUSTOM SIZES AVAILABLE Model SDIR DELUX AEROSPEC Quantity Model # Model # SOILED, STRAIGHT DISHTABLES 3SD R 30 2SD R 30 3SD R 36 2SD R 36 3SD R 48 2SD R 48 3SD R 60 2SD R 60 3SD R 72 2SD R 72 3SD R 84 2SD R 84 3SD R 96 2SD R 96 3SD R 120 2SD R 120 3SD R 144 2SD R 144 SOILED, CORNER DISHTABLES 3SDC R 48 2SDC R 48 3SDC R 60 2SDC R 60 3SDC R 72 2SDC R 72 3SDC R 84 2SDC R 84 3SDC R 96 2SDC R 96 3SDC R 120 2SDC R 120 3SDC R 144 2SDC R 144 SOILED, ISLAND DISHTABLES 3SDI R 48 2SDI R 48 3SDI R 60 2SDI R 60 3SDI R 72 2SDI R 72 3SDI R 84 2SDI R 84 3SDI R 96 2SDI R 96 3SDI R 120 2SDI R 120 3SDI R 144 2SDI R 144 SOILED, ISLAND DISHTABLES with Landing Shelf 3SDL R 48 2SDL R 48 3SDL R 60 2SDL R 60 3SDL R 72 2SDL R 72 3SDL R 84 2SDL R 84 3SDL R 96 2SDL R 96 3SDL R 120 2SDL R 120 3SDL R 144 2SDL R 144 SOILED, UNDERCOUNTERounter 3USD R 48 2USD R 48 3USD R 60 2USD R 60 3USD R 72 2USD R 72 Model USDR BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page DT 4A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 24
AERO Manufacturing 3SDL-R-84 Item#:17 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS SDR/SDCR/SDIR, SDR, USDR SERIES A B DELUX AEROSPEC Ship Cubic Width Length 16GA 430 14GA 304 Weight Feet Model # Model # SOILED, STRAIGHT DISHTABLES 30 30 3SD R 30 2SD R 30 75 10 30 36 3SD R 36 2SD R 36 83 12 30 48 3SD R 48 2SD R 48 93 15 30 60 3SD R 60 2SD R 60 105 19 30 72 3SD R 72 2SD R 72 120 22 30 84 3SD R 84 2SD R 84 130 26 30 96 3SD R 96 2SD R 96 140 28 30 120 3SD R 120 2SD R 120 152 31 30 144 3SD R 144 2SD R 144 160 34 SOILED, CORNER DISHTABLES 60 48 3SDC R 48 2SDC R 48 160 30 60 60 3SDC R 60 2SDC R 60 170 37 60 72 3SDC R 72 2SDC R 72 180 44 60 84 3SDC R 84 2SDC R 84 190 51 60 96 3SDC R 96 2SDC R 96 200 58 60 120 3SDC R 120 2SDC R 120 210 65 60 144 3SDC R 144 2SDC R 144 220 72 SOILED, ISLAND DISHTABLES 60 48 3SDI R 48 2SDI R 48 160 30 60 60 3SDI R 60 2SDI R 60 170 37 60 72 3SDI R 72 2SDI R 72 180 44 60 84 3SDI R 84 2SDI R 84 190 51 60 96 3SDI R 96 2SDI R 96 200 58 60 120 3SDI R 120 2SDI R 120 210 65 60 144 3SDI R 144 2SDI R 144 220 72 SOILED, ISLAND DISHTABLES with Landing Shelf 72 48 3SDL R 48 2SDL R 48 170 33 72 60 3SDL R 60 2SDL R 60 180 45 72 72 3SDL R 72 2SDL R 72 190 47 72 84 3SDL R 84 2SDL R 84 200 54 72 96 3SDL R 96 2SDL R 96 210 62 72 120 3SDL R 120 2SDL R 120 220 69 72 144 3SDL R 144 2SDL R 144 230 76 SOILED, UNDERCOUNTER 30 48 3USD R 48 2USD R 48 95 30 30 60 3USD R 60 2USD R 60 105 37 30 72 3USD R 72 2USD R 72 115 44 *Scrap Hole & Block not Included. All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages DT-5A & DT-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page DT 4B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 25
Bunn-O-Matic ICB-TWIN-0002 Item#:18 Item# Twin Infusion Series Coffee Brewer Project Date Features Infusion Coffee Brewer Brews up to 18.9 gallons (71.5 litres) of perfect coffee per hour. Large 5.6-gallon (21.2 litre) tank provides back-to-back brewing capacity at 208-240V applications. Two voltages available, 120-208/28amp or 120-240/25amp. Each side has 3 brew buttons, allowing for 3 separate brewing profiles. Two programmable batch switches allow full and half batch brewing. Brews into 2.5 to 3.8 litre (84 to 128 oz.) airpots and 3.8 and 5.7 litre (1 to 1.5 gal) baseless ThermoFresh servers for easy transport of coffee to other locations. BrewWISE intelligence with pre-infusion and pulse brew for maximum flavor extraction. DBC grinder communicates with brewer through Smart Funnel. Energy-saver mode reduces tank temperature during idle periods. Digital display in English/Spanish for easier programming and control. Advertising messages and machine status also displayed. Display capable of showing English or Metric measurements. Black and stainless models available. Compatible with BUNNlink. Model ICB-Twin with 1.5 Gal Baseless ThermoFresh Server in Stainless and Black (servers sold separately) Dimensions: 26.2 H x 20.1 W x 22.6 D* (66.5cm H x 51.2cm W x 57.5cm D) *models built after Oct 16, 2009 will be 20.6 deep (52.3cm) For current specification sheets and other information, go to www.bunn.com. Related Products Easy Clear EQHP-10 Product No. : 39000.0004 Easy Clear EQHP-10L Product No. : 39000.0001 Single/Dual Filter Pack Product No. : 20138.0000 Packed per case: 500 Dimensions: 5 1 4 " Base x 4 1 4 " Sidewall 13.3 cm Base x 10.8 cm Sidewall 3.8 litre Lever-Action Airpot Product No. : 36725.0000 (1 pack) Product No. : 36725.0100 (6 pack) Capacity: 128 oz. (3.8 L) 3.0 litre Lever-Action Airpot Product No.: 32130.0000 (1 pack) Product No.: 32130.0100 (6 pack) Capacity: 102 oz. (3.0 L) 2.5 litre Lever-Action Airpot Product No.: 32125.0000 (1 pack) Product No.: 32125.0100 (6 pack) Capacity: 84 oz. (2.5 L) Universal Airpot Racks see spec sheet A3.10 1 gal (3.8 litre) ThermoFresh Server Product No.: 39500.0004 (SST without base) Product No.: 39500.0005 (BLK without base) 1.5 gal (5.7 litre) ThermoFresh Server Product No.: 39550.0004 (SST without base) Product No.: 39550.0005 (BLK without base) TF Server Stand Product No.: 39795.0000 Model Agency Listing ICB-Twin U L LISTED Patents Apply 9/09 A3.5a Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 26
Bunn-O-Matic ICB-TWIN-0002 Item#:18 Dimensions & Specifications Model Product # Volts Amps Tank Heater Total Capacity Cubic Shipping Cord Watts Watts Measure Weight Attached ICB-Twin 37600.0000 120/240 25 6000 6000 18.9 gal/hr 12.06 ft 3 77 lbs Yes ICB-Twin 37600.0002 120/208 28 6000 6000 18.9 gal/hr 12.06 ft 3 77 lbs Yes ICB-Twin Black 37600.0004 120/240 25 6000 6000 18.9 gal/hr 12.06 ft 3 77 lbs Yes Brewing Capacity: Based upon incoming water temperature or 60 F/15.5 C (140 F/60 C) rise. Electrical: Requires 3-wires plus ground service rated 120/208V or 120/240V, single phase 60Hz. Plumbing: 20-90 psi (138-621 kpa). Supplied with 3 8 " male flare fitting. Requires minimum of 1.5 gpm water flow. *depth of models built after Oct 16, 2009 20.14 25.28 (23.28*) 22.63 (20.63*) Bunn-O-Matic Corporation - 1400 Stevenson Drive Springfield, Illinois 62703 800-637-8606 217-529-6601 Fax 217-529-6644 www.bunn.com BUNN practices continuous product research and improvement. We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment. All dimensions shown in inches. 9/09 Bunn-O-Matic Corporation Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 27
Bunn-O-Matic TF-1.5-0004 Item#:18 Item# TF Mechanical Sight Gauge Baseless Servers Project Date Features 1 gallon TF Mechanical Servers Dimensions: 12.8 H x 9.1 W x 13.1 D (32.5cm H x 23.1cm W x 33.3cm D) BUNN ThermoFresh Mechanical Baseless Servers Vacuum insulated to keep coffee hot for hours. Contemporary styling and wrap program for maximum merchandising. Large cup clearance allows for dispensing into cups, decanters and thermal carafes. Fast flow faucet. Brew-through lid. Integrated sight gauge assembly allows for easy cleaning. Innovative faucet design. Improved space saving profile. Ideal for use with the Infusion Coffee Brewer (ICB). 1.5 gallon TF Mechanical Servers Dimensions: 14.9 H x 9.1 W x 13.1 D (37.8cm H x 23.1cm W x 33.3cm D) For current specification sheets and other information, go to www.bunn.com. Related Products TF Server Stand Product No.: 39795.0003 ICB Brewer Product No.: 36600.0000 Brewer/Server Compatibility Brewer 1.5 Gal TF Baseless 1 Gal TF Baseless ICB Yes Yes TF Server Stand Drip Tray Kit Product No.: 38931.1002 ICB Twin Yes Yes ICB (tall) Yes with Server Stand Yes with Server Stand ICB Twin (tall) Yes with Server Stand Yes with Server Stand TF Server Handle (orange) Product No.: 39081.0001 ITCB No Yes with Server Stand ITCB (tall) Yes with Server Stand Yes with Server Stand Single TF Yes with Server Stand Yes with Server Stand Flavor Label Holder Product No.: 41745.1000 (server sold separately) Dual TF Yes with Server Stand Yes with Server Stand Model Agency Listing TF Server Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 28 11/10 A2.14
Bunn-O-Matic TF-1.5-0004 Item#:18 Dimensions & Specifications Model Product # Volts Amps Total Holding Cubic Shipping Cord Watts Capacity Measure Weight Attached 1 Gal TF Server 39500.0004 n/a n/a n/a 1 gallon 2.8 ft 3 13 lbs. No without base 1 Gal TF Server* 39500.0005 n/a n/a n/a 1 gallon 2.8 ft 3 13 lbs. No without base 1.5 Gal TF Server 39550.0004 n/a n/a n/a 1.5 gallons 2.8 ft 3 14 lbs. No without base 1.5 Gal TF Server* 39550.0005 n/a n/a n/a 1.5 gallons 2.8 ft 3 14 lbs. No without base * Models have black decor. 13.1 12.8 9.1 0.5 1 Gal TF Mechanical Baseless Server 13.1 14.9 9.1 0.5 1.5 Gal TF Mechanical Baseless Server Bunn-O-Matic Corporation - 1400 Stevenson Drive Springfield, Illinois 62703 800-637-8606 217-529-6601 Fax 217-529-6644 www.bunn.com BUNN practices continuous product research and improvement. We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment. All dimensions shown in inches. 11/10 Bunn-O-Matic Corporation Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 29
AERO Manufacturing 3TSB-3060 Item#:19 WORK TABLE TSB SERIES 4" & 10" Backsplash, Stainless Steel Undershelf Item# Project ECONOMY 4TSB SERIES MATERIAL TOP 1 7 8" turn down on 3 sides. Rear has a 4" splash. Two heavy gauge steel box channels on 24" wide tables for rigidity. Three heavy gauge steel box channels on 30 tables for rigidity. Four heavy gauge steel box channels on 36 tables for rigidity. Sound deadened between table top and channels. SHELF 18 gauge 430 series stainless steel. LEGS 1 5 8" O.D. 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel tubing, complete with 1" adjustable, impact resistant, white metal feet. DESIGN FEATURES Undershelf is the largest in the industry. Undershelf is fully adjustable and flexible in design. All tables fully cartoned. Easily assembled. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Table and undershelf hemmed to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Top is polished to a #4 mill finish. Heliarc welded construction creates uniform, rock-solid unit. Gussets fully welded for extra rigidity. All tables shipped K.D. AEROSPEC 1TSB TABLES ARE AEROSPEC DESIGNED. In addition to above specifications; Three sides have a V countertop edge to inhibit spillage. Backsplash is 10" high including a 2" return on a 45 deg. angle. Stainless steel gussets in lieu of galvanized. Stainless steel feet in lieu of white metal. SEE PAGES TS-4A & TS-4B SEE PAGES SP- 6A & SP- 6B TO CUSTOMIZE YOUR AERO TABLE TO DESIGN YOUR FLEXIBLE WORKCENTER 1TSB SERIES ECONOMY DELUX PREMIUM AEROSPEC Quantity 16GA 430 16GA 304 14GA 304 14GA 304 Model # Model # Model # Model # 24" WIDE 4TSB 2424 3TSB 2424 2TSB 2424 1TSB-2424 4TSB 2430 3TSB 2430 2TSB 2430 1TSB-2430 4TSB 2436 3TSB 2436 2TSB 2436 1TSB-2436 4TSB 2448 3TSB 2448 2TSB 2448 1TSB-2448 4TSB 2460 3TSB 2460 2TSB 2460 1TSB-2460 4TSB 2472 3TSB 2472 2TSB 2472 1TSB-2472 4TSB 2484 3TSB 2484 2TSB 2484 1TSB-2484 4TSB 2496 3TSB 2496 2TSB 2496 1TSB-2496 4TSB 24108 3TSB 24108 2TSB 24108 1TSB-24108 4TSB 24120 3TSB 24120 2TSB 24120 1TSB-24120 4TSB 24132 3TSB 24132 2TSB 24132 1TSB-24132 4TSB 24144 3TSB 24144 2TSB 24144 1TSB-24144 30" WIDE 4TSB 3024 3TSB 3024 2TSB 3024 1TSB-3024 4TSB 3030 3TSB 3030 2TSB 3030 1TSB-3030 4TSB 3036 3TSB 3036 2TSB 3036 1TSB-3036 4TSB 3048 3TSB 3048 2TSB 3048 1TSB-3048 4TSB 3060 3TSB 3060 2TSB 3060 1TSB-3060 4TSB 3072 3TSB 3072 2TSB 3072 1TSB-3072 4TSB 3084 3TSB 3084 2TSB 3084 1TSB-3084 4TSB 3096 3TSB 3096 2TSB 3096 1TSB-3096 4TSB 30108 3TSB 30108 2TSB 30108 1TSB-30108 4TSB 30120 3TSB 30120 2TSB 30120 1TSB-30120 4TSB 30132 3TSB 30132 2TSB 30132 1TSB-30132 4TSB 30144 3TSB 30144 2TSB 30144 1TSB-30144 36" WIDE 4TSB 3636 3TSB 3636 2TSB 3636 1TSB-3636 4TSB 3648 3TSB 3648 2TSB 3648 1TSB-3648 4TSB 3660 3TSB 3660 2TSB 3660 1TSB-3660 4TSB 3672 3TSB 3672 2TSB 3672 1TSB-3672 4TSB 3684 3TSB 3684 2TSB 3684 1TSB-3684 4TSB 3696 3TSB 3696 2TSB 3696 1TSB-3696 4TSB 36108 3TSB 36108 2TSB 36108 1TSB-36108 4TSB 36120 3TSB 36120 2TSB 36120 1TSB-36120 4TSB 36132 3TSB 36132 2TSB 36132 1TSB-36132 4TSB 36144 3TSB 36144 2TSB 36144 1TSB-36144 SEE PAGES TS-4A TS-4B TO SEE CUSTOMIZE PAGES TS- YOUR 5A AERO & TS- TABLE 5B TO CUSTOMIZE YOUR AERO TABLE Adjustable Undershelf with Exclusive AEROLOCK Extrusion Strongest Construction in the Industry BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page T 6A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 30
AERO Manufacturing 3TSB-3060 Item#:19 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS TSB SERIES 4" & 10" Backsplash, Stainless Steel Undershelf B Tables over 72" in length are shipped with six legs. Undershelf O.D. Table Length -2", Table Width -2". All feet have a full 1" adjustability. ECONOMY 4TSB SERIES A + 2.0 A 10.00 1TSB SERIES 45.00 35.00 ADJ +1 A B ECONOMY DELUX PREMIUM AEROSPEC Ship Cubic Width Length 16GA 430 16GA 304 14GA 304 14GA 304 Weight Feet Model # Model # Model # Model # 24" WIDE 24 24 4TSB 2424 3TSB 2424 2TSB 2424 1TSB-2424 50 5 24 30 4TSB 2430 3TSB 2430 2TSB 2430 1TSB-2430 55 6 24 36 4TSB 2436 3TSB 2436 2TSB 2436 1TSB-2436 66 7 24 48 4TSB 2448 3TSB 2448 2TSB 2448 1TSB-2448 81 9 24 60 4TSB 2460 3TSB 2460 2TSB 2460 1TSB-2460 95 12 24 72 4TSB 2472 3TSB 2472 2TSB 2472 1TSB-2472 113 14 24 84 4TSB 2484 3TSB 2484 2TSB 2484 1TSB-2484 135 16 24 96 4TSB 2496 3TSB 2496 2TSB 2496 1TSB-2496 150 18 24 108 4TSB 24108 3TSB 24108 2TSB 24108 1TSB-24108 165 21 24 120 4TSB 24120 3TSB 24120 2TSB 24120 1TSB-24120 268 28 24 132 4TSB 24132 3TSB 24132 2TSB 24132 1TSB-24132 301 36 24 144 4TSB 24144 3TSB 24144 2TSB 24144 1TSB-24144 316 39 30" WIDE 30 24 4TSB 3024 3TSB 3024 2TSB 3024 1TSB-3024 56 6 30 30 4TSB 3030 3TSB 3030 2TSB 3030 1TSB-3024 70 7 30 36 4TSB 3036 3TSB 3036 2TSB 3036 1TSB-3036 77 9 30 48 4TSB 3048 3TSB 3048 2TSB 3048 1TSB-3048 92 11 30 60 4TSB 3060 3TSB 3060 2TSB 3060 1TSB-3060 111 14 30 72 4TSB 3072 3TSB 3072 2TSB 3072 1TSB-3072 129 17 30 84 4TSB 3084 3TSB 3084 2TSB 3084 1TSB-3084 153 20 30 96 4TSB 3096 3TSB 3096 2TSB 3096 1TSB-3096 171 22 30 108 4TSB 30108 3TSB 30108 2TSB 30108 1TSB-30108 195 25 30 120 4TSB 30120 3TSB 30120 2TSB 30120 1TSB-30120 294 40 30 132 4TSB 30132 3TSB 30132 2TSB 30132 1TSB-30132 331 43 30 144 4TSB 30144 3TSB 30144 2TSB 30144 1TSB-30144 346 47 36" WIDE 36 36 4TSB 3636 3TSB 3636 2TSB 3636 1TSB-3636 92 10 36 48 4TSB 3648 3TSB 3648 2TSB 3648 1TSB-3648 101 14 36 60 4TSB 3660 3TSB 3660 2TSB 3660 1TSB-3660 121 17 36 72 4TSB 3672 3TSB 3672 2TSB 3672 1TSB-3672 142 20 36 84 4TSB 3684 3TSB 3684 2TSB 3684 1TSB-3684 160 23 36 96 4TSB 3696 3TSB 3696 2TSB 3696 1TSB-3696 169 27 36 108 4TSB 36108 3TSB 36108 2TSB 36108 1TSB-36108 189 30 36 120 4TSB 36120 3TSB 36120 2TSB 36120 1TSB-36120 315 46 36 132 4TSB 36132 3TSB 36132 2TSB 36132 1TSB-36132 358 51 36 144 4TSB 36144 3TSB 36144 2TSB 36144 1TSB-36144 373 55 All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages TS-5A,TS-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page T 6B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 31
AERO Manufacturing T-125A Item#:19 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 32
AERO Manufacturing T-125A Item#:19 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 33
True Food Service Equipment TS-23-1-G-1 Item#:20 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TS-23-1-G-1 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: TS Series: Reach-In Combination Half Swing Door Stainless Steel Refrigerator Qty: AIA # SIS # TS-23-1-G-1 True s TS series is the choice for the exclusive stainless steel commercial application. Designed using the highest quality materials and components to provide the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C) for the best in food preservation. Stainless steel interior and exterior front, sides and solid doors. The very finest stainless with higher tensile strength for fewer dents and scratches. Matching aluminum back. Energy efficient, Low-E, double pane thermal glass door(s). Patented integrated door light (IDL) system for high product visibility in glass door(s). Adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated shelves. Positive seal self-closing door(s). Lifetime guaranteed door hinges and torsion type closure system. Bottom mounted units feature: No stoop lower shelf. Storage on top of cabinet. Compressor performs in coolest, most grease free area of kitchen. Easily accessible condenser coil for cleaning. Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Doors Shelves Cabinet Dimensions (inches) (mm) L D H* HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) TS-23-1-G-1 2 3 27 293/4 783/8 1/3 115/60/1 7.9 5-15P 9 290 686 756 1991 1/3 230-240/50/1 4.0 2.74 132 Depth does not include 13/8" (35 mm) for door handle. * Height does not include 5" (127 mm) for castors or 6" (153 mm) for optional legs. Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) Plug type varies by country. TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 7/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 34
True Food Service Equipment TS-23-1-G-1 Item#:20 Model: TS-23-1-G-1 Standard Features DESIGN True s combination door reach-in s are designed with enduring quality that protects your long term investment. True s commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration systems provides the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C) for the best in food preservation. Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True reach-in s a more efficient, low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures faster temperature recovery and shorter run times in the busiest of food service environments. Bottom mounted condensing unit positioned for easy maintenance. Compressor runs in coolest and most grease free area of the kitchen. Allows for storage area on top of unit. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - Stainless steel solid half doors, front and sides. Matching aluminum back. Interior - Stainless steel liner and floor. TS Series: Reach-In Combination Half Swing Door Stainless Steel Refrigerator Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Welded, heavy duty steel frame rail, black powder coated for corrosion protection. Frame rail fitted with 4" (102 mm) diameter stem castors - locks provided on front set. DOORS Solid half door - stainless steel exterior and liner. Glass half door - Low-E, double pane thermal glass assembly with extruded aluminum frame. Door locks standard. Solid door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long, lifetime guaranteed recessed handle. Glass door fitted with 15" (381 mm) long extruded aluminum handle. Positive seal self-closing doors. Lifetime guaranteed door hinges and torsion type closure system. Magnetic door gaskets of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of cleaning. SHELVING Three (3) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 22 7/8"L x 23 1/4"D (582 mm x 566 mmm). Four (4) chrome plated shelf clips included per shelf. Aluminum shelf support pilasters. Shelves are adjustable on 1/2" (13 mm) increments. LIGHTING Fluorescent interior lighting. Each glass door utilizes full-length, patented, integrated door light (IDL) system. Safety shielded. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Exterior solar, digital temperature display. NSF-7 compliant for open food product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs. 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs. Alternate door hinging (factory installed). Additional shelves. Half door bun tray racks. Each holds up to eleven 18"L x 26"D (458 mm x 661 mm) sheet pans (sold separately). Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. Plan View WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and laborand an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TS-23-1-G-1 TFGY09E TFGY09S TFEY06P TFGY093 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 35
True Food Service Equipment TFM-29FL Item#:22 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TFM-29FL TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Horizontal Freezer: Glass Flat Lid Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Qty: AIA # SIS # TFM-29FL True s horizontal freezers are uniquely designed to promote high-profit frozen novelties in high impulse retail traffic areas. Ideal for bolstering incremental sales of frozen merchandise and seasonal specialties. Cold wall, environmentally friendly (134A) refrigeration system. Maintains -10 F (-23.33 C), ideal for both ice cream and frozen food. Exterior - non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl, durable and permanent; with gray mitered plastic top and lid frames. Interior - NSF approved, white aluminum with 300 series stainless steel floor. Tempered, hard coated, "Low-E" glass slide lids. Reduces solar heat gain, enhances energy efficiency and minimizes condensation. Locks standard, provide security, prevents theft. Convenient defrost drain. 2 1/2" (64 mm) diameter stem castors. Entire cabinet structure is foamed-inplace using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Lids Cabinet Dimensions (inches) (mm) L D H* HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) TFM-29FL 2 297/8 261/8 315/8 1/5 115/60/1 2.6 5-15P 9 150 759 664 804 1/4 230-240/50/1 1.5 2.74 69 * Height does not include 31/4" (83 mm) for castors & 7/8" (23mm) for lid handle. Plug type varies by country. Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 6/10 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 36
True Food Service Equipment TFM-29FL Item#:22 Model: TFM-29FL Horizontal Freezer: Glass Flat Lid Standard Features DESIGN True s horizontal freezers are uniquely designed to promote high-profit frozen novelties in high impulse retail traffic areas. Ideal for bolstering incremental sales of frozen merchandise and seasonal specialties. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Cold wall refrigeration system. Maintains -10 F (-23.33 C) cabinet temperature, ideal for both ice cream and frozen food. Condensing unit is accessed from behind grill on right side; slides out for easy maintenance. Manual defrost system; convenient drain located on front of cabinet. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl, durable and permanent; with gray mitered plastic top and lid frames. Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner; non-rust, peel or chip. 300 series stainless steel floor. Insulation - entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). 2 1/2" (64mm) diameter stem castors. LIDS Tempered, hard coated, "Low-E", single pane glass slide lid assemblies. The latest in energy efficient technology; reduces solar heat gain and minimizes condensation. Designed for convenient access, fast service and attractive display. Lid lock standard. MODEL FEATURES Self-contained, portable system. No plumbing required. Low profile design permits easier placement, saves aisle space. Interior mounted thermometer. NSF-7 compliant for open food product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. Black vinyl exterior. Heavy duty novelty baskets (accommodates 2). Dividers for novelty baskets. Plan View CUBIC FEET 6.3/178 * Based on ANSI/AHAM HRF-1-2004 WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TFM-29FL TFEY78E TFEY78S TFEY78P TFEY783 TFEY78B TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 37
Nemco 77316-10 Item#:23 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 38
Nemco 77316-10 Item#:23 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 39
Hoshizaki KM-1301S_H(3) KM-1301S_H(3) Hoshizaki KM-1301SAH Item#:29 STACKABLE ICE CUBER Hoshizaki reserves the right to change specifications without notice. Item # Project: Qty: *AutoCad available on KCL 9/10 Item # 13232 KM-1301S_H(3) 48 x 27 3/8 x 27 3/8 KM-1301SAH Air-Cooled 1 Phase KM-1301SAH3 Air-Cooled 3 Phase * B-800 B-800 B-900 B-900 KM-1301SWH Water-Cooled 1 Phase Shown on an optional B-900 KM-1301SWH3 Water-Cooled 3 Phase KM-1301SRH Remote Air-Cooled 1 Phase KM-1301SRH3 Remote Air-Cooled 3 Phase Also available on Large Bins: B-1150SS B-1300SS B-1500SS B-1650SS Up to 1353 lbs. of ice production per 24 hours Durable stainless steel exterior Protected by HoshiGuard Antimicrobial Agent CycleSaver design EverCheck alert system Individual crescent cube Stainless steel evaporator Stackable for 2706 lbs. per 24 hour ice production in the same floor space Removable air filters (Air-cooled model only) R-404A Refrigerant Complies with California Energy Commission guidelines (CEC) * The KM-1301SAH, KM-1301SAH3, KM-1301SRH and KM-1301SRH3 are ENERGY STAR qualified HOSHIZAKI AMERICA, INC. Warranty Valid in United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, & U.S. Territories. Contact factory for warranty in other countries. Three Year - Parts & Labor on entire machine. Five Year - Parts & Labor on: Evaporator. Five Year - Parts on: Compressor, air-cooled condenser coil. 618 Hwy. 74 S., Peachtree City, GA 30269 TEL 1-800-438-6087 FAX 1-800-345-1325 www.hoshizaki.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 40
Hoshizaki DIMENSIONS Hoshizaki KM-1301SAH Item#:29 W x D x H KM-1301S_H(3) 48 x 27 3/8 x 27 3/8 STACKABLE ICE CUBER Air-cooled 1 phase / Air-cooled 3 phase Water-cooled 1 phase / Water-cooled 3 phase Remote Air-cooled 1 phase / Remote Air-cooled 3 phase KM-1301S_H(3) STACKABLE ICE CUBER AIR - COOLED 1 PHASE / AIR - COOLED 3 PHASE Water Temp F. 50 70 90 70 1329 / 1298 1281 / 1257 1188 / 1162 80 90 1292 / 1267 1281 / 1257 1217 / 1204 1164 / 1159 1109 / 1086 1060 / 1049 Air Temp F. Air Temp F. WATER - COOLED 1 PHASE/ 3 PHASE Water Temp F. Air Temp F. 70 80 90 REMOTE AIR - COOLED 1 PHASE/ 3 PHASE Water Temp F. 70 80 90 UTILITY CONSUMPTION Ice Production KWH per Model Number Per Cycle 100 LBS. Lbs. Cubes Potable Water Gal. per 100 lbs. KM-1301SAH 29.8 1440 4.5 15.7 N/A KM-1301SAH3 30.4 1440 4.6 15.6 N/A SPECIFICATIONS Model Number Condenser Amperage KM-1301SAH 50 1318 / 1333 1319 / 1326 1319 / 1323 50 1353 / 1339 1324 / 1307 1315 / 1297 Air-Cooled Min. Circuit Ampacity ELECTRICAL &PLUMBING/KM-1301S_H(3) KM-1301SAH / SWH / SRH 208-230V/60/1ø (3 wire with neutral for 115V) 20 amp Max Fuse/HACR Breaker Size KM-1301SAH3 / SWH3 / SRH3 208-230V/60/3ø 20 amp Max Fuse/HACR Breaker Size 1/2 ODcopper or equivalent independent potable water supply 3/4 FPT independent drain connection Condenser Water Gal. per 100 lbs. Shipping Weight 12.4 20 315 lbs. KM-1301SAH3 Air-Cooled 9.5 20 315 lbs. KM-1301SWH Water-Cooled 8.2 20 315 lbs. KM-1301SWH3 Water-Cooled 6.1 20 315 lbs. KM-1301SRH Remote Air-Cooled 13.5 20 315 lbs. KM-1301SRH3 Remote Air-Cooled 10.7 20 315 lbs. STORAGE BINS Model Number Application Capacity ARI-Rated Capacity B-800 800 lbs. 600 lbs. B-900 900 lbs. 660 lbs. B-1150 1150 lbs. N/A B-1300 1275 lbs. N/A B-1500 1490 lbs. N/A B-1650 1605 lbs. N/A 70 1315 / 1297 1264 / 1243 1222 / 1197 90 1219 / 1203 1144 / 1127 1110 / 1088 KM-1301SWH 31.0 1440 3.2 19.4 118 KM-1301SWH3 32.2 1440 3.4 19.1 119 KM-1301SRH 31.1 1440 4.1 16.6 N/A KM-1301SRH3 30.7 1440 4.3 16.0 N/A 70 1319 / 1323 1321 / 1311 1323 / 1300 90 1249 / 1246 1211 / 1198 1228 / 1201 FRONT VIEW AIR-COOLED UNIT REMOTE AIR-COOLED UNIT O P E R AT I N G L I M I T S Ambient Temp Range 45-100 F Water Temp Range 45-90 F Water Pressure 10-113psig Voltage Range 187-253V CONDENSING UNIT Voltage Range 104-127V Ambient Temp Range -20-122 F 2 1/2 SIDE VIEW 18 1/8 Air Flow 2 3/4 3 35 3/4 URC-14F Liquid Refrigerant Line 37 13/16 WATER-COOLED UNIT URC-14F Remote Condenser (Sold Separately) For Use with KM-1301SRH3 SERVICE Panels easily removed and all components accessible for service. Removable/cleanable air filters (Air-cooled model only) 14 22 37 Electrical Conduit Access Discharge Line Voltage supply for the URC Remote Condenser is supplied from the Ice Maker. No additional circuit is required. ICE DROP ZONE Pre-Charged Tubing Kits (Sold Separately) 20' R404-2068-2 35' R404-3568-2 55' R404-5568-2 HOSHIZAKI AMERICA, INC. 618 Hwy. 74 S., Peachtree City, GA 30269 TEL 1-800-438-6087 FAX 1-800-345-1325 www.hoshizaki.com Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 41
Hoshizaki B-1150SS (1300/1500/1650) B-1150SS (1300/1500/1650) Hoshizaki B-1150SS Item#:29 BIN DIMENSIONS W x D x H B-1150SS 48 x 41 x 60 * B-1300SS 48 x 41 x 66 * ICE STORAGE BINS Hoshizaki reserves the right to change specifications without notice. Item # Project: Qty: *AutoCad available on KCL 10/10 Item # 13178 B-1500SS 60 x 41 x 62 * B-1650SS 60 x 41 x 66 * *with 6" legs B-1150SS Shown B-1300SS Shown Depth includes 10" for door installation B-1500SS Shown Available in the stainless steel SS exterior style SS = Stainless steel front, sides, back and bottom Easy cleaning and long lasting attractive appearance Seamless polyethylene bin liner Foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation, in all bin walls and bottom, which provides maximum ice preservation New baffle design increases ice accessibility by 30% View windows provide instant inspection and thermal break Pouch style insulated door prevents condensation while providing maximum access and minimal spillage Sealed door gasket reduces risk of airborne bacteria All bins include Universal Top Kit - note application guide to verify fit 6" adjustable stainless steel legs 82 oz. scoop - Protected by HoshiGuard Antimicrobial Agent Warranty Valid in United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, & U.S. Territories. Contact factory for warranty in other countries. Five Year - Parts & Labor. B-1650SS Shown HOSHIZAKI AMERICA, INC. 618 Hwy. 74 S., Peachtree City, GA 30269 TEL 1-800-438-6087 FAX 1-800-345-1325 www.hoshizaki.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 42
Hoshizaki SPECIFICATIONS Model # Hoshizaki B-1150SS Item#:29 DIMENSIONS ICE STORAGE BINS W x D x H B-1150SS Ice storage capacity from 1150 lbs. to 1605 lbs. 48 x 41 x 60 * B-1300SS Available in stainless steel "SS" exterior style 48 x 41 x 66 * B-1500SS "SS" = Stainless steel front, back, sides and bottom 60 x 41 x 62 * B-1650SS Depth includes 10" for door installation 60 x 41 x 66 * Ice Storage Capacity Shipping Weight B-1150SS 1150 345 *with 6" legs 3" (77 mm) B-1150SS (1300/1500/1650) ICE STORAGE BINS B-1300SS 1275 365 B-1500SS 1500 395 11 3/16" (300 mm) 1" FPT Drain B-1650SS 1605 415 9" (234 mm) ICE MACHINE MODEL APPLICATION Width for Ice Machine KM-320M KM-515M KM-650M 22" F-450M F-801M F-1001M KM-901M KM-1340M KM-1601M 30" KML Series F-1500M F-2000M KMD/KMS Series* 48" Width Bin B-1150/1300SS Universal Top Kit Universal Top Kit N/A 42" 44" KMD-901MAH 2 KM-320M 2 KM-515M 2 KM-650M 2 F-450M 2 F-801M 2 F-1001M KM-1301S KM-1400S Universal Top Kit N/A 48" KM-1601S Universal KM-1900S Top Kit KM-2000S KM-2100S KM-2400S KM-2500S 2 KM-901M NOT AVAILABLE 60" 2 KM-1340M 2 KM-1601M 2 KML Series 2 KMD Series* 2 F-1500M 2 F-2000M N/A 60" Width Bin B-1500/1650SS N/A Universal Top Kit Need HS-2111 N/A N/A Universal Top Kit Universal Top Kit NOT AVAILABLE Universal Top Kit 3" (77 mm) 11 3/16" (300 mm) 43 7/8" (1114 mm) 48" (1218 mm) FRONT VIEW B-1150/1300SS 55 11/16" (1415 mm) 60" (1523 mm) FRONT VIEW B-1500/1650SS SIDE VIEW B-1150/1300/1500/1650SS 20 3/16" (512 mm) 45 3/16" (1147 mm) TOP VIEW B-1150/1300SS 45 3/16" (1147 mm) TOP VIEW B-1500/1650SS 54 3/16" (1376 mm) 56 3/16" (1426 mm) 60 3/16" (1528 mm) 1" FPT Drain B-1650SS B-1300SS B-1500SS B-1150SS 9" (234 mm) * Excludes KMD-901MAH The B-1150SS, B-1300SS, B-1500SS and B-1650SS are equipped with a universal top kit P L U M B I N G 1" FPT Drain 11 1/2" (292 mm) 26 7/8" (682 mm) 6" (152 mm) 1" FPT Drain HOSHIZAKI AMERICA, INC. 10" (254 mm) 31" (786 mm) 618 Hwy. 74 S., Peachtree City, GA 30269 TEL 1-800-438-6087 FAX 1-800-345-1325 www.hoshizaki.com Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 43
Ice-O-Matic ICE1406HA Item#:29A ICE1406/1405/1407 - Cube Ice Maker ice. Pure and simple Options & Accessories Ice Machine Model ICE1406 ICE1405 ICE1407 Ice Form ICE1406 on B100 water filters Manifold Inline System Replacement System IFQ2 IOMQ (2) n/a Features Bin Chart Kits for Combining Wider Bins with Smaller Models Space-saving 26" (660 mm) tall design. Produces up to 1469 lbs (668 kg) of ice per day. Harvest Assist provides consistent ice production for the life of the ice maker while reducing energy consumption and increasing capacity. Pure Ice exclusively by Ice-O-Matic. Built-in antimicrobial protection for the life of the ice maker inhibits bacteria growth on ice maker surfaces. Ice-O-Matic's optional water filtration system provides protection against unpleasant tastes, odors and scale formation. Durable, electroless nickel plating on all evaporator plates ensures reliability. Longest warranty in the industry. Purchase an Ice-O-Matic water filter with your cube ice maker, replace the filter every six months, and the evaporator warranty is extended to 7 years parts and labor (available in the U.S. and Canada only). Constructed from corrosion-resistant stainless steel and fingerprint-proof plastic. Ice Maker Warranty Every Ice-O-Matic ice maker is backed by a warranty that provides both parts and labor coverage. Three years Parts and Labor. Five years Parts coverage on the evaporator and compressor. Seven years Parts and Labor on the evaporator when you purchase an Ice-O-Matic water filter with your cube ice maker and replace the filter every six months (available in the U.S. and Canada only). Ice Storage Bins ICE1406/1405/1407 Cube Ice Maker C U B E Full Cube Dimensions W x D x H (in.) 7/8 x 7/8 x 7/8 W x D x H (mm) 22 x 22 x 22 Half Cube Dimensions W x D x H (in.) 3/8 x 7/8 x 7/8 W x D x H (mm) 10 x 22 x 22 Kits Model No. Capacity Width ICE0400 ICE0405 ICE0406 B25 242 lbs (110 kg) 30 in (762 mm) B40 344 lbs (156 kg) 30 in (762 mm) B42 351 lbs (160 kg) 22 in (559 mm) n/a B55 510 lbs (232 kg) 30 in (762 mm) B70 741 lbs (337 kg) 30 in (762 mm) B90 1023 lbs (465 kg) 30 in (762 mm) B100 854 lbs (388 kg) 48 in (1219 mm) B120 1142 lbs (519 kg) 48 in (1219 mm) B150 1447 lbs (658 kg) 60 in (1524 mm) Kit Not Required B170 1807 lbs (821 kg) 60 in (1524 mm) *See Ice-O-Matic Price List for Adapter Kits to combine ice makers with most available ice/beverage dispensers. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 44
Ice-O-Matic ICE1406HA Item#:29A ICE1406/1405/1407 Cube Ice Maker ICE1406/1405/1407 - Cube Ice Maker Air Cooled Please note: air-cooled units require 6" (152 mm) clearance for air intake and exhaust. A. Ice maker potable water in, 3 8" FPT. B. Ice maker water out, 3 4" FPT. C. Hole for electrical connections, 7 8". D. Electrical junction box. Water Cooled/Remote A. Ice maker potable water in, 3 8" FPT. B. Ice maker water out, 3 4" FPT. C. Hole for electrical connections, 7 8". D. Condenser water in, 3 8" FPT (water only). E. Condenser water out, 1 2" FPT (water only). F. Liquid line, 3 8" male quick connect coupling for precharged line set (remote only). G. Discharge line, 1 2" male quick connect coupling for precharged line set (remote only). H. Hole for remote electrical connections, 7 8" (remote only). Operating Requirements Ambient Temp. Range Air Water Temp. Standard Side Discharge Specifications Air In Rear 24.25" 24 (616 mm) 48.25" (1,226 mm) Standard Side Discharge 26.06" (662 mm) Minimum 50 F (10 C) 40 F (4.4 C) Maximum 60 Hz 50Hz 100 F (38 C) 6.7" (170 mm) 3.6" (92 mm) Water Pressure 20 PSIG (1.4 BAR) 60 PSIG (4.1 BAR) Model Number Cond. Unit 70 F air/ 50 F water lbs (kg) Ice Production per 24hrs 9.1".75" (19 mm) (232 mm) Bin Strap 15.3" (389 mm) 18.3" (465 mm) 19.4" (493 mm) 21.4" (544 mm) Water Usage gallons per 100 lbs of Ice 90 F air/70 F water 90 F air/ 70 F water lbs (kg) Potable Condenser 110 F (43 C) Dimensions All models ice. Pure and simple 1.9" (48 mm) W x D x H (in.) 48.25 x 24.25 x 26.06 W x D x H (mm) 1,226 x 616 x 662 NOTES: *Requires Remote VRC 2661 Condenser. Number of Wires: ICE1406/1405: 3 (including ground) ICE1407: 4 (including ground) Approx. Shipping Weight lbs (kg): ICE1406A 310 (141) ICE1406R 300 (136) ICE1406W 280 (127) ICE1405A 310 (141) ICE1405R 300 (136) ICE1405W 280 (127) ICE1407A 310 (141) ICE1407R 300 (136) ICE1407W 280 (127) Refrigerant Type: R404A ENERGY STAR qualified machine. Please see our website www.iceomatic.com for the latest list of ENERGY STAR qualified machines and available rebates I. D. C. E. F. H. G. B. A. kwh Used per 100 lbs of ice @ 90 F air/ 70 F water Voltage Characteristics Bin Strap Min. Circuit Ampacity 3.5" (89 mm) 9.1" (231 mm) Fuse Size 3.2" (81 mm) 2.9" (74 mm) Approx. BTUs per hour ICE1406A Air 1,469 (668) 1,136 (515) 19.9 5.1 26.1 22,069-30 ICE1406R Remote* 1,391 (632) 1,150 (523) 20.3 5.0 208-230/60/1 22.2 22,126 ICE1406W Water 1,386 (630) 1,239 (563) 22.8 122 4.2 17.8 20 21,994 ICE1405A Air 1,371 (623) 1,070 (486) 19.7 5.3 21.7 21,185-30 ICE1405R Remote* 1,419 (645) 1,139 (518) 21.4 5.2 230/50/1 21.9 22,339 ICE1405W Water 1,386 (630) 1,185 (539) 22.6 111 4.2 15.1 D. C. B. A. ICE1407A Air 1,458 (663) 1,131 (514) 19.6 5.0 16.0 21,761-20 ICE1407R Remote* 1,393 (633) 1,195 (543) 20.0 4.8 208-230/60/3 14.7 22,547 ICE1407W Water 1,425 (648) 1,270 (577) 22.4 117 4.1 10.7 22,308 3.4" (86 mm) 2.9" (74 mm) 21,035 17.2" (565 mm) Air Cooled 23.3" (565 mm) 17.2" (565 mm) Water Cooled & Remote 11100 E. 45th Avenue Denver, CO 80239 Phone: 1. 866. PURE. ICE Fax: 303. 371. 6296 www.iceomatic.com Rev: 06/10 Part: 1012 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 45
Ice-O-Matic B120SP Item#:29A Storage Bins Ice. Pure and Simple Features Application storage capacity from 242 lbs (110 kg) to 1846 lbs (837 kg). Ultra-low profile 28" (711 mm) to 67" (1702 mm) tall. Multiple bin tops provide an easy solution for mounting ice makers on different sized bins. Each polyethelyne bin liner is insulated with foam for maximum ice preservation 1.5" to 3" (38 mm to 76 mm) of insulation. Perfect-fit seal for improved ice preservation. Rugged, fingerprint-proof door. Built-in ice scoop holders on featured models. Sturdy leg design 6" (152 mm) adjustable NSF approved legs standard. Stainless exterior. Corrosion-proof bin liner. Storage Bins Ordering and Specification Information Required Bin Top Bin Model No. App. Storage Rating ARI Bin Storage lbs (kgs) Bin Weight lbs (kgs) 22" (559 mm) wide ICE Series Cube Ice Makers Pearl Ice Makers Flake Ice Makers 30" (762 mm) wide 48" (1219 mm) wide 21" (533 mm) wide 21" (533 mm) wide 42" (1067 mm) wide B25PP 242 (110) 190 (86) 74 (34) KBT19 B40PS 344 (156) 270 (123) 120 (54) KBT19 Not Required Not Required n/a KBT19 KBT19 n/a n/a KBT19 KBT19 n/a B42PS 351 (160) 275 (125) 128 (58) Not Required N/A n/a KBT24 KBT24 n/a B55PS 510 (232) 400 (182) 148 (67) KBT19 Not Required n/a KBT19 KBT19 n/a B70SP 741 (336) 581 (264) 240 (109) Included Included n/a Included Included n/a B90SP 1023 (464) 802 (364) 285 (129) Included Included n/a Included Included n/a B100 PS 854 (388) 670 (304) 191 (87) Not Available KBT5 Not Required KBT23 KBT23 KBT26 B120SP/SS 1161 (527) 911 (413) 280 (127) Included Included Included Included Included Included B130SP/SS 1457 (661) 1144 (404) 320 (145) Included Included Included Included Included Included B150SP/SS 1471 (669) 891 (404) 310 (141) Included Included Included Included Included Included B170SP/SS 1846 (837) 1110 (503) 370 (168) Included Included Included Included Included Included = Bin Top is included for each cube ice maker must specify ice maker application when ordering bin. Bin Height includes 6" (423 mm) legs. All bins have polyethylene liners. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 46
Ice-O-Matic B120SP Item#:29A Storage Bins Ice. Pure and Simple Dimensions Storage Bins NOTES: Approx. Shipping Weight lbs (kg): B100 191 (87 kg) B120 304 (138 kg) B130 334 (152 kg) B150 338 (153 kg) B170 390 (177 kg) B25 95 (43 kg) B40 135 (61 kg) B42 135 (61 kg) B55 170 (77 kg) B70 240 (109 kg) B90 285 (129 kg) 11100 E. 45th Avenue Denver, CO 80239 Phone: 1. 866. PURE. ICE Fax: 303. 371. 6296 www.iceomatic.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Rev: 03/11 Part: 3000 Page: 47
Ice-O-Matic IFQ2 Item#:29A WATER FILTERS Ice. Pure and Simple Features High capacity activated carbon filtration makes ice free of taste or odor, and protects equipment against corrosive chlorine. Patented IsoNet scale inhibiting technology helps protect equipment against scale (lime-scale) and corrosion. Gradient-density sediment filtration reduces dirt and other suspended particulates as small as 1/2 micron. Improves ice maker operating efficiency. Reduces maintenance and extends equipment life. 1/4 turn Quick-Twist cartridge makes changing filters quick and easy. IFQ1 & IFQ2 are NSF Certified under Standard 42. Water filters IFQ SERIES FILTER SYSTEM Model Number Description Max.Cube ICE Maker Capacity lbs (kg) Per Day Flow Rate Max. gpm (lpm) Pressure Max. psi Max. Operating Temp F ( C) Micron Rating Approx. Shipping Weight lbs (kg) IFQ1 Single Filter 1000 (454.4) 1.5 (5.7) 4 (1.8) 125 100 (38).5 IFQ2 Dual Filter 2400 (1090.6) 3.0 (11.4) 8 (3.6) Single Inline Filter Cartridges Model Number Description Max.Cube ICE Maker Capacity lbs (kg) Per Day Flow Rate Max. gpm (lpm) Pressure Max. psi Max. Operating Temp F ( C) Micron Rating Approx. Shipping Weight lbs (kg) IFI4C IFI8C Single Inline Cartridge 1/4 compression Single Inline Cartridge 3/8 compression 600 (272) 1.0 100 100 (38) 10 2 (.9) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 48
Ice-O-Matic IFQ2 Item#:29A WATER FILTERS Ice. Pure and Simple Water filters IFQ1 15"H 6"W 4"D (381 mm 152 mm 102 mm) IFQ Series Filter Systems FILTER SYSTEMS IFQ2 16"H 10"W 6"D (406 mm 254 mm 102 mm) Single Inline Filter IFI4C, IFI8C 11" 2.5" (279 mm 57 mm) All filter systems include: Filter cartridge with FDA approved scale inhibitor, inlet shut-off valve, gauge and quick-connect fittings. *IOMQ replacement cartridges for use with IFQ1 & IFQ2 manifold filter systems. Replacement Filter Cartridges IOMQ 12.75" x 4" (324 mm 102 mm) Filter Sizing Chart Ice-O-Matic Cube Ice Maker Ice-O-Matic Flake Ice Maker Ice-O-Matic Pearl Ice Maker Recommended Ice-O-Matic Water Filter ICEU070, 150, 220, 226, 300, ICE0250, 0320, 0400, 0406, 0500, 0520, 0606 MFI0500, EF250, EF450 GEM0450 IFQ1 (Single Manifold cartridge Filter System) IFI4C or IFI8C (Single inline Filter System) ICE0806 MFI0800 GEM0650, 0956 IFQ1 (Single Manifold cartridge Filter System) ICE1006, 1406, 1506, ICE 1806, 2106 MFI0800, MFI2406 GEM1256 IFQ2 (Dual Manifold cartridge Filter System) Extended Warranty Program Buy a new Ice-O-Matic Water Filter System (IFQ1 or IFQ2) with a new ICE Series Cube ice maker, replace the filter cartridge every 6 months, and Ice-O-Matic will extend the limited cuber evaporator warranty to 7 years parts and labor (U.S. and Canada only). New ice maker and filter must be installed at the same time. Ice maker and water filter registration cards must be sent to Ice-O-Matic within 10 days of installation. Water filter warranty card must include the filter serial number(s). An additional registration card must be sent in for each new filter installed (filters have individual serial numbers). This must be done every 180 days (6 months) or less. Program is available with all Ice-O-Matic IFQ1 or IFQ2 water filter systems. Replacement filter must be Ice-O-Matic models. 11100 E. 45th Avenue Denver, CO 80239 Phone: 1. 866. PURE. ICE Fax: 303. 371. 6296 www.iceomatic.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 49 Rev: 06/10 Part: 5000
Win-Holt Equipment Group CR-156F Item#:32 Gravity Fed FIFO Can Rack ITEM NO. QUANTITY NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. First In- First Out! Automatically rotates your inventory! Specifications: Model Number Ordering Number Organizes and maximizes your stockroom space. Replaces 14' of 18" x 4 tier wire shelving. Self feeding, gravity-fed shelves keeps stock rotated and fresh. Convenient front loading for easy stocking. Holds 13 #10 cans per set of runners insuring no broken cases left in storage. Cans are visible and accessible for quick and easy inventory. Made of all welded, high strength, extruded aluminum. Meets all healthcode requirements. Overall Dimensions Approx. Can Width Length Height Ship Weight Capacity (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) CR-156F 229121 27 686 44 1,118 76 1,930 156 120 54 76" with feet in highest position Can Dispensing Racks shipped setup for immediate use! Lifetime Guarantee Against Rust or Corrosion on All Aluminum Products. Freight Class: 125 Gravity Fed FIFO Can Rack LABORATORY CERTIFICATION AND APPROVAL SYMBOLS: 439 Oak Street Garden City, NY 11530 Tel: 1-800-444-3595 Fax: 516-222-0371 www.winholt.com sales@winholt.com NEW YORK TEXAS CALIFORNIA MICHIGAN Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 50
True Food Service Equipment TSSU-48-12M-BADA Item#:34 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TSSU-48-12M-B-ADA TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Qty: Food Prep Table: ADA Compliant Mega-Top Solid Door Sandwich Salad Unit AIA # SIS # TSSU-48-12M-B-ADA 3" (77 mm) diameter stem castors standard. Work surface 34" (864 mm) high to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. Oversized, environmentally friendly (134A), patented forcedair refrigeration system holds 33 F to 41 F (.5 C to 5 C). Complies with and listed under ANSI/NSF-7-1997-6.3. All stainless steel front, top and ends. Matching aluminum finished back. Stainless steel, patented, foam insulated lid and hood keep pan temperatures colder, lock in freshness and minimize condensation. Removable for easy cleaning. 8 7/8" (226 mm) deep full length removable cutting board included. Sanitary, high density, NSF approved white polyethylene provides tough preparation surface. Foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves. Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Doors Shelves Pans (top) Cabinet Dimensions (inches) (mm) L D H* Counter Height HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) Crated Wt. (lbs.) (kg) TSSU-48-12M-B-ADA 2 4 12 483/8 341/8 403/8 34 1/3 115/60/1 8.6 5-15P 7 N/A 1229 867 1026 1/3 230-240/50/1 4.2 2.13 N/A Depth does not include 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. * Height does not include 4" (1102 mm) for castors. TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: Plug type varies by country. 5/10 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 51
True Food Service Equipment TSSU-48-12M-BADA Item#:34 Model: Food Prep Table: TSSU-48-12M-B-ADA ADA Compliant Mega-Top Solid Door Sandwich Salad Unit Standard Features DESIGN True s salad/sandwich units are designed with enduring quality that protects your long term investment. True s commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration systems provides the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Self-contained, factory pre-engineered capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Oversized, factory balanced refrigeration system with guided airflow to provide uniform temperature in food pans and cabinet interior. Patented forced-air design holds 33 F to 41 F (.5 C to 5 C) product temperature in food pans and cabinet interior. Complies with and listed under ANSI/NSF-7-1997-6.3. Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True undercounter units a more efficient, low velocity, high volume airflow design. Condensing unit access in back of cabinet, slides out for easy maintenance. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - stainless steel front, top and ends. Matching aluminum finished back. Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. 300 series stainless steel floor with coved corners. Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid doors are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). 3" (77 mm) diameter stem castors. 34" (864 mm) work surface height. Plan View Cubic Feet/Liters 12/340 * Based on ANSI/AHAM HRF-1-2004 DOORS Stainless steel exterior with white aluminum liner to match cabinet interior. Each door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long recessed handle that is foamed-in-place with a sheet metal interlock to ensure permanent attachment. Positive seal self-closing doors with 90 stay open feature. Doors swing within cabinet dimensions. Magnetic door gaskets of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of cleaning. SHELVING Shelf support pilasters made of same material as cabinet interior; shelves are adjustable on1/2" (13 mm) increments. DRAWER PAN CAPACITY Comes standard with 12 ( 1/6size)67/8"L x 61/4 W x 4"D (175 mm x 159 mm x 102 mm) clear polycarbonate, NSF approved, food pans in countertop prep area. Also accommodates 6" (153 mm) and 8" (204 mm) deep food pans (supplied by others). Countertop pan opening designed to fit varying size pan configurations with available pan divider bars. Pans supplied by others. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. 87/8" (226 mm) deep full length removable cutting board included. Sanitary, high-density, NSF approved white polyethylene provides tough preparation surface. Stainless steel, patented, foam insulated lid and hood keep pan temperatures colder, lock in freshness and minimize condensation. Removable for easy cleaning. NSF-7 compliant for open food product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. Barrel locks (factory installed). Requires one per door. Additional shelves. Single overshelf. Double overshelf. Flat lid. Sneezeguard. 87/8" (226 mm) deep,1/2" (13 mm) thick, composite cutting board. Crumb catcher. Requires crumb catcher cutting board for proper installation. Pan dividers. Exterior rectanglular digital temperature display (factory installed). Standard height unit with 5" (127 mm) diameter castors. 36" (915 mm) work surface height. WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D TSSU-48-12M-B-ADA TFNY56E TFNY56S TFNY42P TFNY563 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 52
AERO Manufacturing 2W-1284 Item#:35 WALLSHELF W SERIES Wall Mounted/BW SERIES Budget Wall Mounted Item# Project MATERIAL SHELF 4W 16 gauge 430 stainless steel 3W 16 gauge 304 stainless steel 2W 14 gauge 304 stainless steel DESIGN FEATURES Traditional design. Shelf has 1 1 2" lip on 3 sides with a 3 4" radius front roll. Stainless steel brackets easily mounted to welded studs. K.D. design means UPS shipment for many sizes. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Shelves hemmed to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Top is polished to a #4 mill finish. All wallshelves shipped K.D. Wallshelves over 72" in length receive third stainless steel bracket. BW SHELF DESIGN FEATURES Shelf has 1 1 2" lip on 3 Sides with a 1 2" front edge turn down. Stainless steel brackets easily mounted utilizing tab-lock design. K.D. design means UPS shipment for many sizes. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Shelves hemmed to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Top is polished to a #4 mill finish. All wallshelves shipped K.D. Wallshelves over 72" in length receive third stainless steel bracket. T-169 Wall Shelf Modification Charge BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME ECONOMY DELUX AEROSPEC Quantity 16GA 430 16GA 304 14GA 304 Model # Model # Model # 10" WIDE 4W 1024 3W 1024 2W 1024 4W 1036 3W 1036 2W 1036 4W 1048 3W 1048 2W 1048 4W 1060 3W 1060 2W 1060 4W 1072 3W 1072 2W 1072 4W 1084 3W 1084 3W 1084 4W 1096 3W 1096 2W 1096 4W 10108 3W 10108 2W 10108 4W 10120 3W 10120 2W 10120 4W 10132 3W 10132 2W 10132 4W 10144 3W 10144 2W 10144 12" WIDE 4W 1224 3W 1224 2W 1224 4W 1236 3W 1236 2W 1236 4W 1248 3W 1248 2W 1248 4W 1260 3W 1260 2W 1260 4W 1272 3W 1272 2W 1272 4W 1284 3W 1284 2W 1284 4W 1296 3W 1296 2W 1296 4W 12108 3W 12108 2W 12108 4W 12120 3W 12120 2W 12120 4W 12132 3W 12132 2W 12132 4W 12144 3W 12144 2W 12144 15" WIDE 4W 1524 3W 1524 2W 1524 4W 1536 3W 1536 2W 1536 4W 1548 3W 1548 2W 1548 4W 1560 3W 1560 2W 1560 4W 1572 3W 1572 2W 1572 4W 1584 3W 1584 2W 1584 4W 1596 3W 1596 2W 1596 4W 15108 3W 15108 2W 15108 4W 15120 3W 15120 2W 15120 4W 15132 3W 15132 2W 15132 4W 15144 3W 15144 2W 15144 18" WIDE 4W 1824 3W 1824 2W 1824 4W 1836 3W 1836 2W 1836 4W 1848 3W 1848 2W 1848 4W 1860 3W 1860 2W 1860 4W 1872 3W 1872 2W 1872 4W 1884 3W 1884 2W 1884 4W 1896 3W 1896 2W 1896 4W 18108 3W 18108 2W 18108 4W 18120 3W 18120 2W 18120 4W 18132 3W 18132 2W 18132 4W 18144 3W 18144 2W 18144 BW WALL SHELF Quantity Model # BW SERIES 4BW 1224 4BW 1236 4BW 1248 4BW 1260 BW SERIES email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page SP-3A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 53
AERO Manufacturing 2W-1284 Item#:35 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS W SERIES Wall Mounted/BW SERIES Budget Wall Mounted A B ECONOMY DELUX AEROSPEC Ship Cubic Width Length 16GA 430 16GA 304 14GA 304 Weight Feet Model # Model # Model # 10" WIDE 10 24 4W 1024 3W 1024 2W 1024 10 1 10 36 4W 1036 3W 1036 2W 1036 12 1 10 48 4W 1048 3W 1048 2W 1048 14 2 10 60 4W 1060 3W 1060 2W 1060 17 2 10 72 4W 1072 3W 1072 2W 1072 19 3 10 84 4W 1084 3W 1084 3W 1084 22 3 10 96 4W 1096 3W 1096 2W 1096 26 3 10 108 4W 10108 3W 10108 2W 10108 28 4 10 120 4W 10120 3W 10120 2W 10120 31 4 10 132 4W 10132 3W 10132 2W 10132 35 5 10 144 4W 10144 3W 10144 2W 10144 38 5 12" WIDE 12 24 4W 1224 3W 1224 2W 1224 10 1 12 36 4W 1236 3W 1236 2W 1236 12 2 12 48 4W 1248 3W 1248 2W 1248 14 2 12 60 4W 1260 3W 1260 2W 1260 17 3 12 72 4W 1272 3W 1272 2W 1272 19 3 12 84 4W 1284 3W 1284 2W 1284 22 4 12 96 4W 1296 3W 1296 2W 1296 26 4 12 108 4W 12108 3W 12108 2W 12108 28 5 12 120 4W 12120 3W 12120 2W 12120 31 5 12 132 4W 12132 3W 12132 2W 12132 35 6 12 144 4W 12144 3W 12144 2W 12144 38 6 15" WIDE 15 24 4W 1524 3W 1524 2W 1524 10 1 15 36 4W 1536 3W 1536 2W 1536 12 2 15 48 4W 1548 3W 1548 2W 1548 14 3 15 60 4W 1560 3W 1560 2W 1560 17 3 15 72 4W 1572 3W 1572 2W 1572 19 4 15 84 4W 1584 3W 1584 2W 1584 22 4 15 96 4W 1596 3W 1596 2W 1596 26 5 15 108 4W 15108 3W 15108 2W 15108 28 6 15 120 4W 15120 3W 15120 2W 15120 31 6 15 132 4W 15132 3W 15132 2W 15132 36 7 15 144 4W 15144 3W 15144 2W 15144 38 8 18" WIDE 18 24 4W 1824 3W 1824 2W 1824 10 2 18 36 4W 1836 3W 1836 2W 1836 12 2 18 48 4W 1848 3W 1848 2W 1848 14 3 18 60 4W 1860 3W 1860 2W 1860 17 4 18 72 4W 1872 3W 1872 2W 1872 19 5 18 84 4W 1884 3W 1884 2W 1884 22 5 18 96 4W 1896 3W 1896 2W 1896 26 6 18 108 4W 18108 3W 18108 2W 18108 28 7 18 120 4W 18120 3W 18120 2W 18120 31 8 18 132 4W 18132 3W 18132 2W 18132 35 8 18 144 4W 18144 3W 18144 2W 18144 38 9 T-169 Wall Shelf Modification Charge BW SERIES BW WALLSHELF ASK AERO: We can Customize any product for any Application! Call for Details! A B Model # Ship Cubic Width Length Weight Feet 12 24 4BW 1224 8 1 12 36 4BW 1236 10 1 12 48 4BW 1248 12 2 12 60 4BW 1260 14 2 All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages TS-5A,TS-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page SP-3B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 54
AERO Manufacturing 2W-1236 Item#:35A WALLSHELF W SERIES Wall Mounted/BW SERIES Budget Wall Mounted Item# Project MATERIAL SHELF 4W 16 gauge 430 stainless steel 3W 16 gauge 304 stainless steel 2W 14 gauge 304 stainless steel DESIGN FEATURES Traditional design. Shelf has 1 1 2" lip on 3 sides with a 3 4" radius front roll. Stainless steel brackets easily mounted to welded studs. K.D. design means UPS shipment for many sizes. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Shelves hemmed to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Top is polished to a #4 mill finish. All wallshelves shipped K.D. Wallshelves over 72" in length receive third stainless steel bracket. BW SHELF DESIGN FEATURES Shelf has 1 1 2" lip on 3 Sides with a 1 2" front edge turn down. Stainless steel brackets easily mounted utilizing tab-lock design. K.D. design means UPS shipment for many sizes. EXCLUSIVE AERO SAFETY EDGE Shelves hemmed to eliminate cuts from rough edges. CONSTRUCTION Top is polished to a #4 mill finish. All wallshelves shipped K.D. Wallshelves over 72" in length receive third stainless steel bracket. T-169 Wall Shelf Modification Charge BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME ECONOMY DELUX AEROSPEC Quantity 16GA 430 16GA 304 14GA 304 Model # Model # Model # 10" WIDE 4W 1024 3W 1024 2W 1024 4W 1036 3W 1036 2W 1036 4W 1048 3W 1048 2W 1048 4W 1060 3W 1060 2W 1060 4W 1072 3W 1072 2W 1072 4W 1084 3W 1084 3W 1084 4W 1096 3W 1096 2W 1096 4W 10108 3W 10108 2W 10108 4W 10120 3W 10120 2W 10120 4W 10132 3W 10132 2W 10132 4W 10144 3W 10144 2W 10144 12" WIDE 4W 1224 3W 1224 2W 1224 4W 1236 3W 1236 2W 1236 4W 1248 3W 1248 2W 1248 4W 1260 3W 1260 2W 1260 4W 1272 3W 1272 2W 1272 4W 1284 3W 1284 2W 1284 4W 1296 3W 1296 2W 1296 4W 12108 3W 12108 2W 12108 4W 12120 3W 12120 2W 12120 4W 12132 3W 12132 2W 12132 4W 12144 3W 12144 2W 12144 15" WIDE 4W 1524 3W 1524 2W 1524 4W 1536 3W 1536 2W 1536 4W 1548 3W 1548 2W 1548 4W 1560 3W 1560 2W 1560 4W 1572 3W 1572 2W 1572 4W 1584 3W 1584 2W 1584 4W 1596 3W 1596 2W 1596 4W 15108 3W 15108 2W 15108 4W 15120 3W 15120 2W 15120 4W 15132 3W 15132 2W 15132 4W 15144 3W 15144 2W 15144 18" WIDE 4W 1824 3W 1824 2W 1824 4W 1836 3W 1836 2W 1836 4W 1848 3W 1848 2W 1848 4W 1860 3W 1860 2W 1860 4W 1872 3W 1872 2W 1872 4W 1884 3W 1884 2W 1884 4W 1896 3W 1896 2W 1896 4W 18108 3W 18108 2W 18108 4W 18120 3W 18120 2W 18120 4W 18132 3W 18132 2W 18132 4W 18144 3W 18144 2W 18144 BW WALL SHELF Quantity Model # BW SERIES 4BW 1224 4BW 1236 4BW 1248 4BW 1260 BW SERIES email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page SP-3A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 55
AERO Manufacturing 2W-1236 Item#:35A DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS W SERIES Wall Mounted/BW SERIES Budget Wall Mounted A B ECONOMY DELUX AEROSPEC Ship Cubic Width Length 16GA 430 16GA 304 14GA 304 Weight Feet Model # Model # Model # 10" WIDE 10 24 4W 1024 3W 1024 2W 1024 10 1 10 36 4W 1036 3W 1036 2W 1036 12 1 10 48 4W 1048 3W 1048 2W 1048 14 2 10 60 4W 1060 3W 1060 2W 1060 17 2 10 72 4W 1072 3W 1072 2W 1072 19 3 10 84 4W 1084 3W 1084 3W 1084 22 3 10 96 4W 1096 3W 1096 2W 1096 26 3 10 108 4W 10108 3W 10108 2W 10108 28 4 10 120 4W 10120 3W 10120 2W 10120 31 4 10 132 4W 10132 3W 10132 2W 10132 35 5 10 144 4W 10144 3W 10144 2W 10144 38 5 12" WIDE 12 24 4W 1224 3W 1224 2W 1224 10 1 12 36 4W 1236 3W 1236 2W 1236 12 2 12 48 4W 1248 3W 1248 2W 1248 14 2 12 60 4W 1260 3W 1260 2W 1260 17 3 12 72 4W 1272 3W 1272 2W 1272 19 3 12 84 4W 1284 3W 1284 2W 1284 22 4 12 96 4W 1296 3W 1296 2W 1296 26 4 12 108 4W 12108 3W 12108 2W 12108 28 5 12 120 4W 12120 3W 12120 2W 12120 31 5 12 132 4W 12132 3W 12132 2W 12132 35 6 12 144 4W 12144 3W 12144 2W 12144 38 6 15" WIDE 15 24 4W 1524 3W 1524 2W 1524 10 1 15 36 4W 1536 3W 1536 2W 1536 12 2 15 48 4W 1548 3W 1548 2W 1548 14 3 15 60 4W 1560 3W 1560 2W 1560 17 3 15 72 4W 1572 3W 1572 2W 1572 19 4 15 84 4W 1584 3W 1584 2W 1584 22 4 15 96 4W 1596 3W 1596 2W 1596 26 5 15 108 4W 15108 3W 15108 2W 15108 28 6 15 120 4W 15120 3W 15120 2W 15120 31 6 15 132 4W 15132 3W 15132 2W 15132 36 7 15 144 4W 15144 3W 15144 2W 15144 38 8 18" WIDE 18 24 4W 1824 3W 1824 2W 1824 10 2 18 36 4W 1836 3W 1836 2W 1836 12 2 18 48 4W 1848 3W 1848 2W 1848 14 3 18 60 4W 1860 3W 1860 2W 1860 17 4 18 72 4W 1872 3W 1872 2W 1872 19 5 18 84 4W 1884 3W 1884 2W 1884 22 5 18 96 4W 1896 3W 1896 2W 1896 26 6 18 108 4W 18108 3W 18108 2W 18108 28 7 18 120 4W 18120 3W 18120 2W 18120 31 8 18 132 4W 18132 3W 18132 2W 18132 35 8 18 144 4W 18144 3W 18144 2W 18144 38 9 T-169 Wall Shelf Modification Charge BW SERIES BW WALLSHELF ASK AERO: We can Customize any product for any Application! Call for Details! A B Model # Ship Cubic Width Length Weight Feet 12 24 4BW 1224 8 1 12 36 4BW 1236 10 1 12 48 4BW 1248 12 2 12 60 4BW 1260 14 2 All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages TS-5A,TS-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page SP-3B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 56
AERO Manufacturing CPC-72 Item#:36 WALL & CEILING POT RACKS WP/CP/SBPR/CPR SERIES Item# Project MATERIAL Model WPS TOP WPC 2" x 3 16" painted flat bar. CPC 2" x 3 16" painted flat bar. SBGPR 2" x 3 16" painted flat bar. CGPR 2" x 3 16" painted flat bar. WPS 2" x 3 16" 304 stainless steel flat bar. CPS 2" x 3 16" 304 stainless steel flat bar. SBSPR 2" x 3 16" 304 stainless steel flat bar. CPSR 2" x 3 16" 304 stainless steel flat bar. Plated pot hooks (one per rung per foot). Ceiling mount complete with set of 4 24" long plated chains. DESIGN FEATURES All potracks fully cartoned. Fully welded ready to use. CONSTRUCTION Stainless steel racks are polished to a #4 mill finish. Heliarc welded construction creates uniform, rock-solid unit. Greycoat racks are painted with NSF approved grey enamel. NOTE: Call for custom sizes and configurations. For table mounting potracks, see Flexible Workcenter page SP-6A, SP-6B. Model CPC GREYCOAT STAINLESS STEEL Quantity Model # Model # WP SERIES WPC 24 WPS 24 WPC 36 WPS 36 WPC 48 WPS 48 WPC 60 WPS 60 WPC 72 WPS 72 WPC 84 WPS 84 WPC 96 WPS 96 WPC 108 WPS 108 WPC 120 WPS 120 WPC 132 WPS 132 WPC 144 WPS 144 CP SERIES CPC 36 CPS 36 CPC 48 CPS 48 CPC 60 CPS 60 CPC 72 CPS 72 CPC 84 CPS 84 CPC 96 CPS 96 CPC 108 CPS 108 CPC 120 CPS 120 CPC 132 CPS 132 CPC 144 CPS 144 SBPR SERIES SBGPR 36 SBSPR 36 SBGPR 48 SBSPR 48 SBGPR 60 SBSPR 60 SBGPR 72 SBSPR 72 SBGPR 84 SBSPR 84 SBGPR 96 SBSPR 96 SBGPR 108 SBSPR 108 SBGPR 120 SBSPR 120 CPR SERIES CGPR-44 CSPR-44 Model SBSPR AT AERO WE PROVIDE CUSTOM EQUIPMENT AT PRODUCTION PRICES! Model CSPR BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME BUILT TO LAST A LIFETIME email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973.473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page SP-7A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 57
AERO Manufacturing CPC-72 Item#:36 DIMENSIONAL SPECIFICATIONS WP/CP/SBPR/CPR SERIES 12.00 12.00 6.00 2.00 6.00 4.00 B Model SBGPR B Model WPS 12.00 8.00 STAINLESS A B GREYCOAT STEEL Ship Cubic Width Length Model # Model # Weight Feet WP SERIES 12 24 WPC 24 WPS 24 14 3 12 36 WPC 36 WPS 36 14 3 12 48 WPC 48 WPS 48 16 4 12 60 WPC 60 WPS 60 18 5 12 72 WPC 72 WPS 72 21 6 12 84 WPC 84 WPS 84 24 7 12 96 WPC 96 WPS 96 26 8 12 108 WPC 108 WPS 108 28 9 12 120 WPC 120 WPS 120 31 10 12 132 WPC 132 WPS 132 34 11 12 144 WPC 144 WPS 144 37 12 CP SERIES 24 36 CPC 36 CPS 36 23 6 24 48 CPC 48 CPS 48 26 7 24 60 CPC 60 CPS 60 29 9 24 72 CPC 72 CPS 72 32 11 24 84 CPC 84 CPS 84 36 13 24 96 CPC 96 CPS 96 44 15 24 108 CPC 108 CPS 108 48 17 24 120 CPC 120 CPS 120 51 18 24 132 CPC 132 CPS 132 55 20 24 144 CPC 144 CPS 144 58 22 44.00 14.00 30.00 WALL 37.50 Model CSPR STAINLESS A B GREYCOAT STEEL # Width Length Model # Model # Hooks SBPR SERIES 6 36 SBGPR 36 SBSPR 36 6 6 48 SBGPR 48 SBSPR 48 9 6 60 SBGPR 60 SBSPR 60 9 6 72 SBGPR 72 SBSPR 72 9 6 84 SBGPR 84 SBSPR 84 9 6 96 SBGPR 96 SBSPR 96 9 6 108 SBGPR 108 SBSPR 108 9 6 120 SBGPR 120 SBSPR 120 9 CPR SERIES 44 44 CGPR-44 CSPR-44 7 All dimensions are typical (tol. ± 1 2"). For Accessories and Options see pages TS-5A & TS-5B. email - sales@aeromfg.com AERO MANUFACTURING COMPANY 310 ALLWOOD ROAD, CLIFTON, NEW JERSEY 07012 VOICE 973473.5300 FAX 973.473.3794 Copyright 2001 Aero Manufacturing Company, Inc. Specifications subject to change without notice. Page SP-7B Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 58
Hobart HL200-1STDDEL Item#:37 Item # Quantity C.S.I. Section 11400 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com LEGACY HL200 MIXER STANDARD FEATURES Heavy-Duty 1 2 H.P. Motor Gear Transmission Three Fixed Speeds Plus Stir Speed Shift-on-the-Fly Controls Patented soft start Agitation Technology 15-Minute SmartTimer Automatic Time Recall Large, Easy-To-Reach Controls Single Point Bowl Installation Ergonomic Swing-Out Bowl #12 Taper Attachment Hub Open Base Stainless Steel Bowl Guard Metallic Gray Hybrid Powder Coat Finish MODELS HL200 20-Quart All Purpose Mixer HL200C 20-Quart All Purpose Mixer with Maximum Security Correctional Package OPTIONS SmartPlus2 Programmable Recipe Timer Specifications, Details and Dimensions on Inside and Back. R ACCESSORY PACKAGES - featuring Hobart Quick Release Agitators Deluxe Accessory Package Includes: - 20 Quart Stainless Steel Bowl - 20 Quart B Beater - 20 Quart D Wire Whip - 20 Quart Bowl Scraper - 20 Quart Ingredient Chute Standard Accessory Package Includes: - 20 Quart Stainless Steel Bowl - 20 Quart B Beater - 20 Quart D Wire Whip LEGACY HL200 MIXER F-40089 Legacy HL200 Mixer Page 1 of 4 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 59
Hobart HL200-1STDDEL Item#:37 LEGACY HL200 MIXER 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com SOLUTIONS/BENEFITS 1 2 H.P. Motor Durability Heavy-duty to meet the most demanding operations Gear Transmission Durability, Reliability Ensures consistent performance and minimum downtime under heavy loads Three Fixed Speeds plus Stir Speed Flexibility, Reliability, Consistency For incorporating, blending, mixing ingredients Supports consistent results and thorough mixing Shift-on-the-Fly Controls Flexibility Allows operator to change speeds while mixer is running Patented soft start Agitation Technology Sanitation Each speed has a soft transition into a higher speed to reduce the chances of product splash-out 15-Minute SmartTimer Convenience, Ease of Use, Consistency Supports recipe mixing times Provides accurate results and eliminates overmixing Automatic Time Recall Productivity, Consistency Remembers the last time set for each speed Great for multiple batches Ergonomic Swing-Out Bowl Ease of Use, Convenience Easy loading and unloading of products Single Point Bowl Installation allows for simple mounting and removal of bowl Bowl Interlock ensures mixer bowl is properly in place for mixer to operate Stainless Steel Bowl Guard Protection Safety interlock prevents operation when front portion of guard is out of position Hobart Accessories Durability, Flexibility, Simplicity Hobart Quick Release agitators allow for simple installation and removal from agitator shaft Hobart accessories are designed for long-term usage under heavy-duty conditions Large array of accessories provide multiple uses for recipe and product processing HL200 MIXER CAPACITY CHART Recommended Maximum Capacities - dough capacities based on 70 F. water and 12% flour moisture. AGITATORS PRODUCT SUITABLE FOR HL200 OPERATION CAPACITY OF BOWL (QTS. LIQUID) 20 Egg Whites D 1 qt. Mashed Potatoes B & C 15 lbs. Mayonnaise (Qts. of Oil) B or C or D 10 qts. Meringue (Qts. of Water) D 1 1 2 pts. Waffle or Hot Cake Batter B 8 qts. Whipped Cream D or C 4 qts. Cake, Angel Food (8-10 oz. cake) C or I 15 Cake, Box or Slab B or C 20 lbs. Cake, Cup B or C 20 lbs. Cake, Layer B or C 20 lbs. Cake, Pound B 21 lbs. Cake, Short (Sponge) C or I 15 lbs. Cake, Sponge C or I 12 lbs. Cookies, Sugar B 15 lbs. Dough, Bread or Roll (Lt.-Med.) 60% AR ED 25 lbs. Dough, Heavy Bread 55% AR ED 15 lbs. Dough Pie B & P 18 lbs. Dough, Thin Pizza 40% AR (max. mix time 5 min.) ED 9 lbs. Dough, Med. Pizza 50% AR ED 10 lbs. Dough, Thick Pizza 60% AR ED 20 lbs. Dough, Raised Donut 65% AR ED 9 lbs.* Dough, Whole Wheat 70% AR ED 20 lbs. Eggs & Sugar for Sponge Cake B & C or I 8 lbs. Icing, Fondant B 12 lbs. Icing, Marshmallow C or I 2 lbs. Shortening & Sugar, Creamed B 16 lbs. Pasta, Basic Egg Noodle (max. mix time 5 min.) ED 5 lbs. NOTE: % AR (% Absorption Ratio) - Water weight divided by flour weight. Capacity depends on moisture content of dough. Above capacities based on 12% flour moisture at 70 F water temperature. 1st Speed * 2nd Speed 3rd Speed If high gluten flour is used, reduce above dough batch size by 10%. 2nd Speed should never be used on 50% AR or lower products. USE OF ICE REQUIRES A 10% REDUCTION IN BATCH SIZE. 1 gallon of water weighs 8.33 lbs. NOTE: Attachment hub should not be used while mixing. Page 2 of 4 F-40089 Legacy HL200 Mixer Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 60
Hobart HL200-1STDDEL Item#:37 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com LEGACY HL200 MIXER SPECIFICATIONS MOTOR: 1 2 H.P. high torque motor. 100-120/50/60/1 8.0 Amps 200-240/50/60/1 5.0 Amps ELECTRICAL: 100-120/50/60/1, 200-240/50/60/1 UL Listed. CONTROLS: Magnetic contactor with thermal overload protection. Internally sealed Start-Stop push buttons. A 15-minute SmartTimer is standard. SmartTimer includes Automatic Time Recall, which remembers the last time set for each speed. Optional SmartPlus2 Programmable Recipe Timer allows operators the ability to program up to 4 recipes with 5 steps per recipe. SmartPlus2 automatically changes speeds and starts timer count-down without operator intervention. TRANSMISSION: Gear-driven. Gears are constant mesh heat-treated hardened alloy steel along with anti-friction ball bearings. Grease lubricants furnished to all gears and shafts. SPEEDS: Agitator (RPM) Attachment (RPM) Stir 59 33 First (Low) 107 61 Second (Intermediate) 198 113 Third (High) 365 207 BOWL LIFT: Ergonomic style, hand crank operated, self-locking in top and bottom position. FINISH: Metallic Gray Hybrid Powder Coat finish. ATTACHMENT HUB: Comes with front-mounted Hobart standard #12 taper attachment hub for use with Hobart #12 size attachments. ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES: The following are available at extra cost: Stainless Steel Bowl B Flat Beater C Wing Whip D Wire Whip E Dough Hook ED Dough Hook P Pastry Knife Bowl Splash Cover Bowl Scraper Ingredient Chute 12 Quart Accessories 9" Vegetable Slicer Meat Chopper Attachment Rubber Foot Pads Attachment Tray Support Hobart Bowl Scraper BOWL GUARD: Heavy-duty stainless steel wire front and solid rear portion. Front portion of guard rotates easily to add ingredients and install or remove agitator. It detaches in seconds for cleaning in dishwasher or sink. Rear portion of guard can be quickly cleaned in position. Guard must be in closed position before mixer will operate. Bowl support interlock provides further protection. Hobart Ingredient Chute Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and certified by NSF International. F-40089 Legacy HL200 Mixer Page 3 of 4 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 61
Hobart HL200-1STDDEL Item#:37 LEGACY HL200 MIXER 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 100-120/50/60/1, 200-240/50/60/1 UL Listed. WEIGHT: 189 lbs. net; 204 lbs. domestic shipping. WARRANTY: Unit has full one-year warranty on parts, labor and mileage against manufacturer s defects. Service contracts are available. DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice. Page 4 of 4 F-40089 Legacy HL200 Mixer F-40089 (REV. 06/07) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 62 Printed On Recycled Paper
Hobart BBEATER-HL20 Item#:37 Item # Quantity C.S.I. Section 11400 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com HOBART LEGACY MIXER AGITATORS AND ATTACHMENTS HOBART LEGACY MIXER AGITATOR/APPLICATION ATTACHMENT APPLICATION FOOD PRODUCTS RECOMMENDATIONS B FLAT BEATER Multi-purpose agitator Mashing potatoes Use 1st speed for starting Mixing cakes Medium speed for finishing Icings D WIRE WHIP Maximum blending of air Whipping cream 3rd or 4th speed into light products Beating egg whites ED DOUGH ARM Mixing Breads 1st or 2nd speed for Folding Pizza dough 2 and 3 speed mixers Stretching dough 1st, 2nd or 3rd speed for 4 speed mixers C WING WHIP Heavy whipping Potatoes 1st or 2nd speed Butter Mayonnaise Light icing I HEAVY DUTY Heavy whipping Sponge cakes 3rd or 4th speed WIRE WHIP Light marshmallow P PASTRY KNIFE Cutting action for Pastry dough For stirring use low combining ingredients Pie dough speeds For cutting use medium speeds HOBART LEGACY MIXER AGITATORS AND ATTACHMENTS F-40021 Hobart Legacy Mixer Agitators and Attachments Page 1 of 2 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 63
Hobart BBEATER-HL20 Item#:37 HOBART LEGACY MIXER AGITATORS AND ATTACHMENTS 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com HOBART LEGACY MIXER ATTACHMENTS ATTACHMENT APPLICATION FOOD PRODUCTS RECOMMENDATIONS VS9 VEGETABLE SLICER Hub attachment for food Vegetables & cheeses Adjustable settings for processing. Adjustable approximately 5 8" to wafer slicer plate is standard thin with the VS9-12 VS9 GRATER PLATE Grating Natural hard cheeses 1st or 2nd speed for Hard vegetables 3 speed mixers Spices 1st, 2nd or 3rd speed for Bread crumbs 4 speed mixers VS9 3/32 SHREDDER Fine shredding Cheeses 1st or 2nd speed for PLATE Quick cooking vegetables 3 speed mixers 1st, 2nd or 3rd speed for 4 speed mixers VS9 3/16 SHREDDER Medium shredding Cheeses 1st or 2nd speed for PLATE Salad vegetables 3 speed mixers Quick cooking vegetables 1st, 2nd or 3rd speed for 4 speed mixers VS9 5/16 SHREDDER Medium shredding Cheeses 1st or 2nd speed for PLATE Salad vegetables 3 speed mixers Quick cooking vegetables 1st, 2nd or 3rd speed for 4 speed mixers VS9 1/2 SHREDDER Course shredding Cole slaw 1st or 2nd speed for PLATE Soup stock 3 speed mixers Hash browns 1st, 2nd or 3rd speed for 4 speed mixers MEAT CHOPPER Chops and combines Sausage mixing 3rd speed for 3 speed ATTACHMENT ingredients with meat Sandwich spreads mixers products Cheese spreads 2nd speed for 4 speed mixers As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice. Page 2 of 2 F-40021 Hobart Legacy Mixer Agitators and Attachments F-40021 (REV. 06/07) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 64 Printed On Recycled Paper
Hobart VS9-13 Item#:37 Item # Quantity C.S.I. Section 11400 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com VS9 VEGETABLE SLICER, MEAT CHOPPER ATTACHMENT AND MIXER ACCESSORIES 9" VEGETABLE SLICER One of the most useful Hobart Attachments is the VS9 Vegetable Slicer. SHREDDER AND GRATER PLATES FOR 9" VEGETABLE SLICER It will more than double the utility of a Hobart Mixer or Food Cutter. Its uses are many and varied: cutting cabbage for salads and cole slaw, slicing potatoes ranging in thickness from that of a potato chip to 5 8". Slicing nuts, bananas, cucumbers, celery and other vegetables and fruits, shredding or grating cheese, raw carrots, beets, etc. The food is sliced by stainless steel scimitar knives for fast clean, uniform cutting. The front of the Vegetable Slicer is hinged at one side, and can be swung aside or removed, permitting quick and easy changing of plates and cleaning. The Vegetable Slicer Attachment includes back case, hopper front and adjustable slice plate. Shredder and grater plates (interchangeable with slice plate). The 9" Vegetable Slicer may also be used with the PD-35 or PD-70 Power Drive units. 9" VEGETABLE SLICER Adjustable Slice Plate - 5 8" to very thin. Plate Holder Assembly 3 32" Shredder Plate 5 16" Shredder Plate 3 16" Shredder Plate 1 2" Shredder Plate MEAT AND FOOD CHOPPER Turn meat and food trimmings into croquettes, meat patties or sausage with the use of this attachment. No kitchen should be without this important piece of equipment. Hobart-designed, protective type spiral fluted chopping-end worm provides clean cutting action. There is no crushing or mashing of product; its natural color and flavor are retained. Grater Plate VS9 VEGETABLE SLICER, MEAT CHOPPER ATTACHMENT AND MIXER ACCESSORIES F-39985 VS9 Vegetable Slicer, Meat Chopper Attachment and Mixer Accessories Page 1 of 2 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 65
Hobart VS9-13 Item#:37 VS9 VEGETABLE SLICER, MEAT CHOPPER ATTACHMENT AND MIXER ACCESSORIES 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR HOBART MIXERS A wide selection of practical attachments and accessories for Mixers further increase their broad range of usefulness. These attachments meet specific needs and are constructed to operate with continued reliability. BOWL TRUCK BOWL SPLASH COVER This is used to control splash of light ingredients during mixing operations. Self-centering, with four rubber-tired wheels for easy portability when moving large bowls for floor model mixers. BOWL SCRAPER BOWL EXTENSION RING Provides higher sidewalls for the bowl to prevent throw-out of certain ingredients. Does not increase bowl capacity. BOWL TRUCK ADAPTER The scraper is used in conjunction with the B Beater or Wire Whips. While the agitator is mixing the product, the scraper is continuously scraping the inside of the mixer bowl. No more stopping mid-cycle to manually scrape down the sides of the bowl. The bowl scrapers are built to last and are made of urethane elastomer. The optional bowl scraper is available for the following models: HL120, HL200, D300, D340, HL600, HL800 and HL1400. NOTE: Bowl scrapers should be used with Stainless Steel Bowls only. For use with 30 and 40-quart bowl sizes of floor model mixers. Inserts easily into the standard bowl truck. As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice. Page 2 of 2 F-39985 VS9 Vegetable Slicer, Meat Chopper Attachment and Mixer Accessories F-39985 (REV. 12/06) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 66 Printed On Recycled Paper
Hobart VS9PLT-ASP12 Item#:37 Qty. Item No. FOOD EQUIPMENT FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES 9" VEGETABLE SLICER Listed by National Sanitation Foundation 9" VEGETABLE SLICER One of the most useful Hobart Attachments is the Vegetable Slicer. It will more than double the utility of a Hobart Mixer or Food Cutter. Its uses are many and varied: cutting cabbage for salads and cole slaw, slicing potatoes ranging in thickness from that of a potato chip to 5 8". Slicing nuts, bananas, cucumbers, celery and other vegetables and fruits, shredding or grating cheese, raw carrots, beets, etc. The food is sliced by stainless steel scimitar knives for fast clean, uniform cutting. The front of the Vegetable Slicer is hinged at one side, and can be swung aside or removed, permitting quick and easy changing of plates and cleaning. The Vegetable Slicer Attachment includes back case, hopper front and adjustable slice plate. Shredder and grater plates (interchangeable with slice plate) and Tubular front are available at extra cost. The 9" Vegetable Slicer may also be used with the PD-35 or PD-70 Power Drive units or with the Speed Drive Attachment for higher volume output. Tubular front is available for cutting at right angles to direction of plate. SHREDDER AND GRATER PLATES FOR 9" VEGETABLE SLICER Adjustable Slice Plate - 5 8" to very thin. Plate Holder Assembly Grater Plate SPEED DRIVE ATTACHMENT Listed by National Sanitation Foundation Attaches easily to the No. 12 or No. 22 (with adapter) drive hub of Hobart Mixers, Food Cutters and Grinders. Will increase the speed of the Hobart 9" Vegetable Slicer by more than three times. For high speed slicing, shredding and grating. Not suited for increasing the speed of the Dicer Attachment or the Power Drive Unit and will not accept meat chopping ends. 3 32" Shredder Plate 5 16" Shredder Plate ( 3 16" and 1 2" plates not shown) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 67
Hobart VS9PLT-ASP12 Item#:37 FOOD EQUIPMENT DICER ATTACHMENT: Listed by National Sanitation Foundation The Dicer Attachment adds versatility to Hobart Mixers and Food Cutters and assures efficient performance for dicing needs from a few pounds to hundreds per hour. It can dice potatoes, onions, apples, beets, turnips, celery, cucumbers and many other foods as efficiently as machines costing hundreds of dollars more. Many times faster than hand dicing, the Dicer Attachment is ideal for cutting French Fries too.* Restaurants and institutions will find this attachment invaluable. Delicatessens can produce a wide variety of profitable food items at lower cost, and produce departments can package and freeze diced vegetables. The Dicer operates on the same back case as the 9" Vegetable Slicer, and attaches in seconds to any Hobart Mixer, Food Cutter, or small Chopper equipped with a No. 12 or No. 22 attachment hub. The Dicer Attachment may also be used with the PD-35 Power Drive Unit (No. 12 hub size) for higher volume output. * Specify French Fry Deflector and Drive Connector accessory for French Fry cutting. VS9 DICER ATTACHMENT Listed by National Sanitation Foundation Works in combination with new or existing VS9 vegetable slicing attachments. It is powered by Hobart mixers, food cutters or power drives. The basic package (VS9DICE-1) includes the following parts needed to give your VS9 slicing/shredding attachment dicing capability. - Latch (replaces existing backcase latch) - Hinged insert (holds dicing grid) - Drive shaft connector The following grids and slicing plates are used in conjunction to give various size cuts. - Dicing Grids ( 1 4", 3 8", 1 2") - Serrated Dicing Grid 1 2") (Ideal for soft products) - French Fry Grid ( 3 8") - Slicing Plates ( 1 4", 3 8", 1 2") FLEXIBILITY... Existing VS9 vegetable slicing attachments can easily be upgraded to use the VS9. A new/longer latch is permanently attached. Once this is installed, you can easily switch from slicing/shredding to dicing. Just add the dicing insert, drive shaft and slicing plate. All parts can be disassembled without tools for fast sink cleanup. FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES QUALITY... With the DICE-1/2S serrated dicing grid, tomatoes can be diced with minimal scrap and juice. The other dicing and French Fry grids produce quality cuts of potatoes and other hard vegetables. NOTE: Order the VS9DICE-2 for 1 2" tomato dicing. This is ideal for tacos. Drive Shaft Install New Latch DRIVE SHAFT AND LATCH Dicing Insert Slicing Plate DICING INSERT WITH GRID AND SLICING PLATE PUSHER AND GRIDS AVAILABLE FOR DICING IN THESE SIZES (Color Coded for easy matching) TO MAKE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED GRIDS & PUSHER KNIFE 1 4" Cubes** 1 4" Size 4 Blades 3 8" Cubes 3 8" Size 3 Blades 1 2" Cubes 1 2" Size 2 Blades 3 4" Cubes Blank Frame & 3 4" Size 2 Blades 1" Cubes Blank Frame & 1 2" Size 1 Blade French Fries Your choice French Fry deflector Only of size and drive connector SHOWN WITH VS9 BACKCASE **Available for use in special applications depending on nature of product. and HOPPER FRONT Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 68
Hobart VS9PLT-ASP12 Item#:37 FOOD EQUIPMENT FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR HOBART MIXERS A wide selection of practical attachments and accessories for Mixers, Food Cutters and small Choppers further increase their broad range of usefulness. These attachments meet specific needs and are constructed to operate with continued reliability. BOWL TRUCK BOWL SPLASH COVER This is used to control splash of light ingredients during mixing operations. Thermoformed plastic only for 60 qt. bowls. BOWL EXTENSION RING Provides higher sidewalls for the bowl to prevent throw-out of certain ingredients. Does not increase bowl capacity. BOWL JACKET Use for receiving mixtures from the Strainer/Colander, and also as an ice or hot water bowl jacket used with a standard mixer bowl. Self-centering, with four rubber-tired wheels for easy portability when moving large bowls for floor model mixers. BOWL TRUCK ADAPTER For use with 30 and 40-quart bowl sizes of floor model mixers. Inserts easily into the standard bowl truck. SOUP STRAINER/COLANDER The colander bowl replaces the mixer bowl. Mixer agitator is replaced by a roller or brush assembly. Two disc screens, one brush and one roller are included. pressure operation. The brush assembly is used for removing pit or seeds from foods used to make jams, jellies and a variety of other applications. These assemblies contact the disc screen with a turning and rubbing action. Optional jacket for bowl can be used to receive the mixture. BOWL SCRAPER The scraper is used in conjunction with the B Beater or Wire Whips. It is easily attached to the mounting bracket. While the agitator is mixing the product, the scraper is continuously scraping the whole inside of the mixer bowl. No more stopping mid-cycle to manually scrape down the sides of the bowl. The bowl scrapers are built to last and are made of urethane elastomer. The NEW optional bowl scraper is available for the following models: A200, D300, D330, D340, H600, L800, M802 and V1401. Patent Pending. NOTE: Bowl scrapers should be used with Stainless Steel Bowls only. The roller assembly is used for ricing potatoes or vegetables, making fine or coarse soup stock, and any other light H600 with Scraper Option - Bowl in down position Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 69
Hobart VS9PLT-ASP12 Item#:37 FOOD EQUIPMENT MEAT AND FOOD CHOPPER Listed by National Sanitation Foundation Turn meat and food trimmings into croquettes, meat patties or sausage with the use of this attachment. No kitchen should be without this important piece of equipment. Hobart-designed, protective type spiral fluted chopping-end worm provides clean cutting action. There is no crushing or mashing of product; its natural color and flavor are retained. FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES ADJUSTABLE TRAY SUPPORT Designed for floor model mixers, this convenient tray support is constructed of sturdy, lightweight aluminum, and is adjustable to convenient work levels. It may be used with the 9" Vegetable Slicer, Dicer Attachment or Meat and Food Chopper. Model No. N-50 (#10 Hub) X*** A-120 (#12 Hub) X X X X X A-200 (#12 Hub) D-300 (#12 Hub) D-330 (#12 Hub) D-340 (#12 Hub) P-660 H-600 (#12 Hub) L-800 (#12 Hub) M-802 (#12 Hub) Factory Install V-1401 (#12 Hub) Factory Install AVAILABILITY AND FINISHES FOR FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES 9" Veg. Slicer Burn. Alum. Speed Drive Burn. Alum. Dicer Burn. Alum. Meat & Food Chopper Tinned W/ Tinned Pan Brite Metal With S/S Pan X X X X X Adj. Tray Support Aluminum X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X (#12 (#12 X X X Hub) Hub) X (#12 Hub req d) X (#12 Hub req d) X (#12 Hub) X (#12 Hub req d) A-200F Floor Model Only X X X X X (#12 Hub X X X req d) * Stainless Steel only. *** White Plastic, #10 Hub Bowl Adapter required Two Bowl Adapters required 140-80 and 80-60 or 80-40/30 Bowl (Qt. Cap.) Bowl Splash Cover Tinned S/S Extension Ring Tinned S/S Bowl Truck (floor models only) Painted Cast Iron Burn. Alum. Bowl Truck Adapter Burn. Alum. Food Strainer & Colander Tinned Bowl Jacket Tinned 5* X 12 X X X X 20 X X X X 12 X X X X 30 X X X X X 20 X X X 30 X X X X X X X 20 X X 40 X 30 X X X X X 20 X X 60 X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X 80 X X X X X X 60 X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X 80 X X X X X X 60 X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X 140 X X X X 80 X X X X X X 60 X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 70
Hobart VS9PLT-ASP12 Item#:37 FOOD EQUIPMENT FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES AGITATORS FOR HOBART MIXERS B - FLAT BEATER Creaming, mixing cake and cookie batters, mashing potatoes, general mixing C - WING WHIP Whipping cream, eggs, sponges, light icings and marshmallow (4 wings - 12 thru 30 qt., 6 wings - 40 thru 140 qt.) D - WIRE WHIP Lighter whipping cream, eggs, light sponges, meringues I - HEAVY DUTY WIRE WHIP Mixing cake and cookie batters, whipping sponges, lighter marshmallows (Reinforcing band as shown on 80 and 140 qt. sizes only) J - WING BEATER Whipping marshmallow and heavy icings (Only used with 80 qt.)* ED - DOUGH ARM Bread, pizza and roll doughs; special doughs (20 to 140 qt.)* K - SPIRAL WHIP Sponge cakes, incorporating flour, light marshmallow (80 qt. only)* S - SWEET DOUGH ARM Mixing sweet yeast doughs - combines rubbing/folding action Q - SPIRAL WHIP Foaming of light batches at high speed; quick incorporation of flour at low speed (140 qt. only) E - DOUGH ARM Doughs of ordinary consistency P - PASTRY KNIFE Cutting shortening into flour NOTE: CH Heavy Duty 6 Wing Whip Not Shown, (Used with 140 qt. only) * Not NSF Listed Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 71
Hobart VS9PLT-ASP12 Item#:37 FOOD EQUIPMENT FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES AVAILABILITY AND FINISHES FOR MIXER AGITATORS (See reverse side for illustrations) Model No. N-50 A-120 A-200 D-300 D-330 D-340 H-600 P-660 L-800 M-802 V-1401 Bowls (Qt. Cap.) Tinned & S/S B Flat Beater Alum. S/S C Wing Whip Tinned D Wire Whip S/S Wires I Heavy Duty Wire Whip S/S Wires J Wing Beater Bronze E Dough Arm 5* X X X* X 12 X X X X X X 20 X X X X X X X 12 X X X X 30 X X X X X X X X 20 X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X X X X 20 X X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X X 30 X 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 20 X X X X X X 60 X X X X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X X X 80 X X X X X X X X X X X 60 X X X X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X X X 80 X X X X X X X X X X X 60 X X X X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X X X 140 X X X(a) X X X X X X X 80 X X X X X X X X X X X 60 X X X X X X X X 40 X X X X X X X X 30 X X X X X X X X Alum. ED Dough Arm Alum. P - Pastry Knife Tinned K - Spiral Whip S/S Wires Q Spiral Whip S/S Wires S Sweet Dough Arm Alum. * All Stainless Steel only. (a) CH heavy duty wing whip also available. EXECUTIVE OFFICES 701 RIDGE AVENUE TROY, OHIO 45374-0001 FORM F-7573 REV. (693) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 72
FOOD MACHINE ACCESSORY TABLES Hobart CUTTER-TABLE3 Item#:38 Item # Quantity C.S.I. Section 11400 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com FOOD MACHINE ACCESSORY TABLES STANDARD FEATURES Heavy gauge stainless steel tops, legs, and shelves Models 205024-1, 205025, and 205026 have chrome plated adjustable leveling feet Model 124078 has four locking casters ACCESSORIES Large, heavy duty casters (PN 205028) (casters are included on Model 124078) SOLUTIONS / BENEFITS Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel Tops, Legs, and Shelves Durability Built to support rugged cutting or mixing operation Sanitation Heavy gauge stainless steel Stability with chrome plated adjustable leveling feet Flexibility, ease of mobility Four locking casters Available on Models 205024-1, 205025 and 205026 Included on Model 124078 Available as an option for other models Casters add six inches to height of table MODELS Model 124078 A-120 and A-200 Mixer Table Single Shelf Model 27 x 32 inches x 26 3 4" inches high Includes 4 locking casters, mounting holes for mixer, 4 pegs for storage of beaters, whips, dough arms, etc. Model 205024-1 Mixer Table Single Shelf Model 20 x 24 inches x 22 inches high Ideal for use with Hobart 5, 10, 12, and 20 quart mixers Model 205025 Food Cutter Table Single Shelf Model Model 205026 Food Cutter Table Double Shelf Model 27 x 32 inches x 31 1 8 inches high Accommodates either the 84145 or 84186 Hobart Food Cutter Specifications, Details and Dimensions on Reverse Side. F-7646 Food Machine Accessory Tables Page 1 of 2 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 73
Hobart CUTTER-TABLE3 Item#:38 FOOD MACHINE ACCESSORY TABLES 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com LISTED BY: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES & NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION AND USDA DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS MIXER TABLES MODEL 205024-1 MODEL 124078 FOOD CUTTER TABLES MODEL 205025 MODEL 205026 * Add 6" to height when ordering tables with casters. As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice. Page 2 of 2 F-7646 Food Machine Accessory Tables F-7646 (REV. 8/03) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 74 Printed On Recycled Paper
2612 SLICER Hobart 2612-1 Item#:39 Item # Quantity C.S.I. Section 11400 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com 2612 SLICER STANDARD FEATURES MICROBAN Antimicrobial Product Protection Exclusive Tilting, Removable Carriage System CleanCut Knife MODEL 2612 Basic Manual Slicer with the Works 2612C Basic Manual Slicer with Maximum Security Correctional Package (120/60/1 only) Top Mounted Borazon Stone Sharpener Hobart Poly V-Belt Drive System Sanitary Burnished Aluminum Base Double-Action Indexing Cam Permanently Mounted Ring Guard Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel Knife Cover Cleaning Leg Removable Rear Deflector 1 2 H.P. Knife Drive Motor Nylon Carriage Roller Electroless Nickel Plated Single Slide Rod with Reservoir Wick Stainless Steel Carriage Ergonomic Style Handle ACCESSORIES Low Fence High Fence Food Chute Heavy Meat Grip with Clips 4" Legs Product Tray R F-39542 2612 Slicer Page 1 of 4 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 75
Hobart 2612-1 Item#:39 2612 SLICER 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com SOLUTIONS / BENEFITS Microban Antimicrobial Product Protection Cleaner Between Cleanings Inhibits the growth of bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi, keeping the slicer cleaner between cleanings Built-in and designed to last the life of the product Works continuously between cleanings to maintain a lower level of odor and stain causing microorganisms Exclusive Tilting, Removable Carriage System Reduces labor, improves sanitation Tilt design allows for ease of midday cleaning Removable for complete cleaning and sanitation procedures CleanCut Knife Reduced cost of ownership, improved yield Thin edge design improves yield Super alloy edge lasts longer Top Mounted Borazon Stone Sharpener Ease of use, improved sanitation, reduced costs Single action sharpens and hones in just five seconds Removable and submersible for easy cleaning and sanitation Lifetime guaranteed Borazon sharpening stones provide maximum performance with reduced maintenance costs Poly V-Belt Drive System Performance, durability, reduced maintenance Quieter operating slicer Patented design extends belt life while producing optimum slicing results Sanitary Burnished Aluminum Base Improved sanitation, labor savings One piece base protects against possible growth of bacteria No cracks/crevices or bolt holes where product can lodge and bacteria may grow Easy cleanup and durable finish Double-Action Indexing Cam Increases reliability, easier to use, increased yield The first full revolution of the indexing knob provides precise control for shaving, chipping and thin slicing The second revolution opens the gauge plate quickly for thicker slicing Gauge plate holds position for consistent, precision slicing Permanently Mounted Ring Guard Protection Protects knife during operation and cleaning Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel Knife Cover Durability, ease of use, sanitation Twelve-gauge stainless steel maintains shape to ensure consistent fit Spring loaded knob for quick removal and easy cleanup One piece design for simplistic usage Cleaning Leg Improved sanitation, ease of use Props machine for easy cleaning underneath slicer Removable Rear Deflector Improved sanitation, ease of use Allows access for thorough cleaning No tools required means easy removal during cleaning 1 2 H.P. Knife Drive Motor Durability, performance Reserve power runs at 400 rpm for optimum results Nylon Carriage Roller Performance Easy movement for manual operation Electroless Nickel Plated Single Slide Rod with Reservoir Wick Performance, durability, lower maintenance Smooth operation with continuous lubrication of carriage rod Resistant to rust Stainless Steel Carriage Improved sanitation, durability Maximum sanitation with minimum cleanup time Corrosion resistant, impact resistant Ergonomic Style Handle Operator satisfaction Comfortable manual operation Meat Grip Options Multiple choices for improved yield and consistency Front meat grip standard Heavy front meat grip available Page 2 of 4 F-39542 2612 Slicer Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 76
Hobart 2612-1 Item#:39 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com 2612 SLICER SPECIFICATIONS MICROBAN ANTIMICROBIAL PRODUCT PRO- TECTION: The Microban additive is built into the external plastic components to inhibit the growth of bacteria, mold, mildew and fungi, keeping the slicer cleaner between cleanings. The additive is designed to last the life of the products in which it is incorporated and works continuously to maintain a lower level of odor and stain causing microorganisms. TILTING REMOVABLE CARRIAGE SYSTEM: Positive angle carriage design enables operator to slice without manual feed. The stainless steel carriage system tilts back easily for midday cleaning and is removable for thorough cleaning and sanitation procedures. The carriage has 12 1 2" manual travel. CLEANCUT KNIFE: Another Hobart exclusive, the knife is constructed of 304L stainless steel and high performance super alloy. Knife is protected by a permanently mounted ring guard with integrated product deflector. The stainless steel knife cover provides easy access for cleaning. Gauge plate protects knife edge when closed. Knife cover is quickly removed with a quarter turn of the spring loaded locking knob. TOP MOUNTED BORAZON STONE SHARPENER: One lever operation utilizing two Borazon stones to sharpen and hone in five seconds. Removable and top mounted. When sharpener is removed for cleaning, knife edge is shielded. Borazon stones have lifetime guarantee. HOBART POLY V-BELT DRIVE SYSTEM: Knife is driven by a Hobart Poly V belt and runs at 400 rpm for optimal performance. SANITARY BURNISHED ALUMINUM BASE: One-piece base protects against possible growth of bacteria. All surfaces are durable and smooth, presenting no holes or crevices in which food can lodge. DOUBLE-ACTION INDEXING CAM: First revolution of index cam for precision slicing; second revolution for thicker slicing selection. Indexing cam holds true to setting during slicing operation. PERMANENTLY MOUNTED RING GUARD: Permanently mounted ring guard with integrated product deflector protects knife. HEAVY GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL KNIFE COVER: One piece design made of 12 gauge stainless steel, durable to maintain shape and ensure consistent fit. Spring loaded knob for quick removal and replacement. CLEANING LEG: Cleaning leg supports the slicer in tilted position for cleaning beneath the machine. REMOVABLE REAR DEFLECTOR: No tools are required for removal of the deflector for thorough cleaning of the slicer. KNIFE MOTOR: 1 2 H.P., permanently lubricated ball bearings. Single phase capacitor-start, induction run. ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATED SINGLE SLIDE ROD WITH RESERVOIR WICK: Transport slide rod is E-Nickel electroless plated. Slide rod bearings feature an oil reservoir/oil wick. FINISH: Stainless steel carriage, gauge plate, and knife cover. Burnished aluminum base. ERGONOMIC STYLE HANDLE: Specially designed for ease of use during manual operation. MEAT GRIP: Front mounted grip is high strength thermoplastic. Swings out of way when not in use. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 120/60/1 and 240/60/1 (2.5 amps) U L Listed. Also available in 100/50/60/1 and 230/50/1 (2.5 amps) not submitted for U L Listing. SWITCH: Moisture protected toggle type, operated by a push-pull rod. CORD & PLUG: 6-foot, three-wire power supply cord and plug. Plug not furnished on export models. CAPACITY: The carriage will take food up to 12" in width or 7 1 2" in diameter. GAUGE PLATE: Gauge plate is a heavy aluminum casting with ribbed laminated stainless steel face for smooth feeding. Adjustable to cut any thickness of slice up to 1". WARRANTY: All parts and service coverage for one year including knife. Lifetime guarantee on Borazon stones in the sharpening system. WEIGHTS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: Tubular Chute 9.1 lbs.; Swing Arm.61 lbs.; Heavy Front Meat Grip 2.76 lbs.; Heavy Handle 2.7 lbs.; Standard Meat Grip 2.34 lbs. WEIGHT: Shipping 135 lbs., Net 96 lbs. Microban does not protect the user against food-borne bacteria. Always maintain good hygiene practices. F-39542 2612 Slicer Page 3 of 4 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 77
Hobart 2612-1 Item#:39 2612 SLICER 701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 45374 1-888-4HOBART www.hobartcorp.com LISTED BY: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC AND NSF INTERNATIONAL. DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS LEGEND E1-ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, APPROX 2 11 16" ABOVE COUNTER TOP Microban and the Microban symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC. As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice. Page 4 of 4 F-39542 2612 Slicer F-39542 (REV. 6/04) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 78 Printed On Recycled Paper
Sharp R-23GTF Item#:43 R-25JTF, R-24GTF, R-23GTF, R-22GTF, R-22GVF Heavy-Duty Commercial Microwave Ovens R-25JTF, R-24GTF, R-23GTF, R-22GTF R-22GVF These space-efficient commercial microwave ovens stand ready with all the staying power heavy-duty, highvolume ovens need for fast-food or full-service restaurants, hospitals, nursing homes, schools and cafeterias. Features: Dual Magnetrons are designed for dependability and even heating. If one magnetron fails, the oven continues to work at half power - it s great for crisis control! Top and Bottom Feeding provides unparalleled cooking, heating and defrosting performance. Both the top antenna and the bottom antenna have a motor to distribute the microwaves evenly throughout the oven. Stacking Option makes the most efficient use of space. Comes with a mounting plate for easily securing one oven on top of another. Computerized Touch Control Operation with 10 microprocessor-controlled programmable Memory pads provides one-second increment timing. They re extra easy and always reliable. Built-in safeguards prevent unauthorized changes. Stainless Steel Cabinet and Cavity are an enduring investment in quality that stand up to high-volume demands. Heavy-duty grab handle offers easy access. Rubber-sealed ceramic shelf ensures ease of cleaning. Oven light and see-through door for maximum visibility. (The R-22GVF has a warm gray cabinet and stainless steel cavity). Demonstration Mode lets dealer demonstrate or user practice oven programming with no power in the oven.the timer will count down rapidly. Two-way Programming uses any of 10 pre-programmed Memory pads which can easily be converted to 20 memories or programmed manually for special needs or times. Also features 3-stage programming for added flexibility.(r-22gvf has a total of 10 memory pads only). SelectaPower provides 11 variable power levels for precise control. It s great for hard-to-heat foods (all models except R-22GVF). Memory Check lets user confirm time setting and power level for each Memory pad. Double Quantity Pad automatically adjusts to provide optimum heating times for two portions. No guesswork! Express Defrost divides total defrosting time into 3 stages (using 3 power levels) for quick results. Memory Lock prevents stored information from being erased during power interruptions or off times. Counter Check keeps tabs on oven usage, remembering how often each feature is used and the number of manual uses. Lighted Digital Display shows programmed and elapsed heating times, plus percentage of microwave power, all with the highest level of accuracy. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 79
Sharp R-23GTF Item#:43 R-25JTF, R-24GTF, R-23GTF, R-22GTF, R-22GVF Heavy-Duty Commercial Microwave Ovens Specifications Model Number R-25JTF R-24GTF R-23GTF R-22GTF R-22GVF AC Line Voltage Single phase, 230/208V, 60Hz, A.C. only Single phase, 120V, 60Hz, A.C. only Receptacle Required 20 Amp., NEMA 6-20R 15 Amp., NEMA 6-15R 20 Amp., NEMA 5-20R AC Power Required 3.2 kw, 17.5A 2.9 kw, 16.0A 2.5 kw, 13.0A 2.0 kw, 17.0A 2.0 kw, 17.0A Output Wattage (IEC Procedure) 2100W 1800W 1600W 1200W 1200W Frequency Cavity 2450 MHz Stainless Steel Cabinet Stainless Steel Warm Gray Anti-Theft Screw hole for 3/16 self-tapping screw, located 12 from the hinge side of door and 5-1/4 back from front edge of removable fitter Safety Switch Safety Standards Limited Warranty* 1 Double safety switches include concealed interlock plus interlock monitor circuit Commercial UL, FCC, DHHS and NSF-4 Sharp Heavy-Duty Commercial Microwave Ovens have a reputation for unsurpassed quality in the food-service industry. Sharp Commercial Microwave Ovens are backed by a three-year warranty on parts and labor with service provided in the end-user s place of business. Outside Dimensions (w x h x d) (in inches) 20-1/8 x 13-1/4 x 18-1/2 Outside Dimensions with Door Open (in inches) 33-3/4 Cavity Dimensions (w x h x d) (in inches) 13 x 7-1/8 x 13 Cord Length (in inches) 60 Net Weight (in pounds) 68 65 63 60 60 Shipping Weight (in pounds) 77 72 69 66 66 UPC 074000607880 074000611757 074000611740 074000611733 074000611764 * 1 See warranty statement included in the product operation manual available as a PDF download at www.sharpusa.com. Sharp is a registered trademark of Sharp Corporation. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. Design and specifications subject to change without notice. To Specify a Sharp Commercial Microwave Oven - Oven shall comply with standards set by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, FCC, NSF-4 and UL and shall display such labels. Oven shall be equipped with 10 programmable microprocessor-controlled memory pads, each adjustable in one-second increments from 0 to 30 minutes, without tools. Oven shall also be equipped with optional manual programming. Signal level shall be adjustable. Oven shall have Electrically Alterable Read Only Memory (EAROM) to prevent programmed information from being erased due to power interruptions. Output wattage shall be (R-25JTF = 2100 watts; R-24GTF = 1800 watts; R-23GTF = 1600 watts; R-22GTF = 1200 watts and R-22GVF = 1200 watts). Top and bottom antennae feed distribution system with covers shall provide uniform heating pattern. Oven shall be equipped with SelectaPower control from 1 to 100 percent power in 10-percent increments (R-22GVF does not feature SelectaPower ). Oven shall have capacity to expand Memory pads from 10 to 20 (R-22GVF = 10 memory pads only); a 3-stage, 3-power-level defrost system; and an automatic Double Quantity feature. Digital display must show heating time and percentage of power. Oven must have Demonstration Mode. Exterior cabinet shall be of (R-25JTF, R-24GTF, R-23GTF and R-22GTF = stainless steel; R-22GVF = warm gray enameled steel) construction with see-through oven door. Cavity shall be stainless steel with interior oven light. Bottom of cavity shall consist of rubber-sealed ceramic shelf. Oven shall be equipped with double magnetron tubes with self-diagnostics. Voltage must be adjustable from 230 to 208V by simply changing voltage select cover plate (R-22GTF and R-22GVF are 120V only). Oven shall have a three-year limited warranty on parts and labor in the end user s place of business. Built to meet rugged commercial standards. Complies with DHHS & FCC. 06F0200 SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION Sharp Plaza, Mahwah, NJ 07430-2135 For more information call: 201-529-8619 or 1-800-BE-SHARP www.sharpusa.com 2008 Sharp Electronics Corporation Printed in the U.S.A. on recycled paper E 02-04-08 CM-02-036A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 80
W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N G Wells I T E M N O. MOD-100TD, 200TDM, 300TDM, 400TDM, 500TDM WARMERS WITH AUTO WATER FILL Specifications Temperature Settings: OFF/LO to HI Weights: Lbs. KG MOD-100TD series: Installed 19 9 Shipping 21 10 MOD-200TDM series: Installed 41 19 Shipping 51 23 MOD-300TDM series: Installed 64 29 Shipping 78 35 MOD-400TDM series: Installed 81 37 Shipping 98 44 MOD-500TDM series: Installed 97 44 Shipping 118 54 Accessories / Options Wellslok Extension Kit, designed for installation in countertops up to 1-1/2 thick, refer to installation instructions, 22593 Drain Valve Extension Kit, extension from drain to counter front with remote handle, for use with MOD-100TD only, 20385 Drain Screen, 21709 Optional 72 Wiring, thermostatically controlled warmers, priced per well, contact factory Features MOD-300TDM All models have an automatic water fill system that maintains the proper water level in each pan through the use of a water sensor and solenoid valve. Individual controls for each well give the warmers maximum versatility. Thermostats are combined with higher wattage elements to provide quicker heat-up and faster recovery. Fully insulated for greater efficiency. A one-inch diameter drain manifold (DM models) is provided to allow for a single drain connection at the left or right front corner. MOD-100TD has a one-half inch drain. Each well is one-piece, deep-drawn, stainless steel for maximum strength and durability. Warmers are designed for wet operation only. Wellslok allows for quick and easy installation in stainless steel countertops. The MOD Series Warmers are Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. LISTED and meet NSF International and Canadian standards. A one-year warranty against defects covers parts and labor. MOD-100TD - MOD-500TDM WARMERS WITH AUTO WATER FILL Explanation of Built-In Warmer Suffixes: TD...thermostatically controlled/with drain TDM... thermostatically controlled/with drain/ connected to drain manifold WELLS Maple Street / Sam
R W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N G R LISTED STD.4 E6070 E6070 R Wells M O D E L M O D - 1 0 0 T D WA R M E R W I T H A U TO WAT E R F I L L D I M E N S I O N S : INCH (MM) MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNIT TO THE NEAREST SURFACE BACK SIDE BOTTOM FRONT 1 1 6 3/4 4 1/8 (25) (25) (171) (105) 2 1/4 (57) 23 1/2 (597) 7 3/8 (187) 14 3/4 (375) 6 1/4 (159) 9 3/4 (248) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 14 (356) 1/2 INCH INTERNAL NPT 1 3/4 (44) M O D - 1 0 0 T D E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S : MODELS VOLTS WATTS AMPS PHASE POWER SUPPLY CORD MOD-100TD/AF 208 1240 6.0 SINGLE NONE MOD-100TD/AF 240 1650 6.9 SINGLE NONE NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice. See installation instructions prior to installing the unit. This document is not for installation purposes. 02/02 REV(-) PART NO. 303438 Maple Street / Sam
R W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N G R LISTED E6070 STD.4 D I M E N S I O N S : INCH (MM) R E6070 Wells M O D E L M O D - 2 0 0 T D M WA R M E R W I T H A U TO WAT E R F I L L MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNIT TO THE NEAREST SURFACE BACK SIDE BOTTOM FRONT 1 1 6 3/4 4 1/8 (25) (25) (171) (105) 14 (356) 2 1/4 (57) 23 5/8 (600) 7 3/4 (197) 29 1/2 (749) 6 1/4 (159) 9 3/4 (248) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 18 (457) 1 INCH INTERNAL NPT MANIFOLD EACH END 1 3/4 (44) M O D - 2 0 0 T D M E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S : MODELS VOLTS WATTS AMPS PER LINE 3 PHASE AMPS POWER L1 L2 L3 SINGLE PHASE SUPPLY CORD MOD-200TDM/AF 208 2480 6.0 10.3 6.0 11.9 NONE MOD-200TDM/AF 240 3300 6.9 11.9 6.9 13.8 NONE NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice. See installation instructions prior to installing the unit. This document is not for installation purposes. 02/02 REV(-) PART NO. 303438 Maple Street / Sam
R W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N G R LISTED E6070 STD.4 D I M E N S I O N S : R E6070 INCH (MM) Wells M O D E L M O D - 3 0 0 T D M WA R M E R W I T H A U TO WAT E R F I L L MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNIT TO THE NEAREST SURFACE BACK SIDE BOTTOM FRONT 1 1 6 3/4 4 1/8 (25) (25) (171) (105) 14 (356) 7 3/4 (197) TYP 2 1/4 (57) 23 5/8 (600) 43 1/2 (1105) 6 1/4 (159) 9 3/4 (248) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 35 (889) 1 INCH INTERNAL NPT MANIFOLD EACH END 1 3/4 (44) M O D - 3 0 0 T D M E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S : MODELS VOLTS WATTS AMPS PER LINE 3 PHASE AMPS POWER SINGLE PHASE SUPPLY CORD L1 L2 L3 MOD-300TDM/AF 208 3720 10.3 10.3 10.3 17.9 NONE MOD-300TDM/AF 240 4950 11.9 11.9 11.9 20.6 NONE NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice. See installation instructions prior to installing the unit. This document is not for installation purposes. 02/02 REV(-) PART NO. 303438 Maple Street / Sam
R W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N G R LISTED E6070 STD.4 D I M E N S I O N S : R E6070 57 1/2 (1461) INCH (MM) Wells M O D E L M O D - 4 0 0 T D M WA R M E R W I T H A U TO WAT E R F I L L MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNIT TO THE NEAREST SURFACE BACK SIDE BOTTOM FRONT 1 1 6 3/4 6 (25) (25) (171) (152) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 35 1/16 (890) Single Control Panel 6 1/4 (159) TYP 14 (356) 7 3/4 (197) 23 5/8 (600) 57 1/2 (1461) 2 1/4 (57) 9 3/4 (248) 1 3/4 (44) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 18 14 (457) (356) Double Control Panel 6 1/4 (159) 1 INCH INTERNAL NPT MANIFOLD EACH END M O D - 4 0 0 T D M E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S : MODELS VOLTS WATTS AMPS PER LINE 3 PHASE AMPS POWER L1 L2 L3 SINGLE PHASE SUPPLY CORD MOD-400TDM/AF 208 4960 14.5 14.5 9.8 23.8 NONE MOD-400TDM/AF 240 6600 17.8 17.8 11.3 27.5 NONE NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice. See installation instructions prior to installing the unit. This document is not for installation purposes. 02/02 REV(-) PART NO. 303438 Maple Street / Sam
R W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N G R LISTED E6070 STD.4 E6070 D I M E N S I O N S : R INCH (MM) 71 1/2 (1816) Wells M O D E L M O D - 5 0 0 T D M WA R M E R W I T H A U TO WAT E R F I L L MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNIT TO THE NEAREST SURFACE BACK SIDE BOTTOM FRONT 1 1 6 3/4 6 (25) (25) (171) (152) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 35 1/16 (890) Single Control Panel 6 1/4 (159) TYP 14 (356) 7 3/4 (197) 23 5/8 (600) 71 1/2 (1816) 2 1/4 (57) 9 3/4 (248) 1 3/4 (44) 1/4 INCH EXTERNAL NPT WATER LINE CONNECTION 35 14 (889) (356) Double Control Panel 6 1/4 (159) 1 INCH INTERNAL NPT MANIFOLD EACH END M O D - 5 0 0 T D M E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S : MODELS VOLTS WATTS AMPS PER LINE 3 PHASE AMPS POWER SINGLE PHASE SUPPLY CORD L1 L2 L3 MOD-500TDM/AF 208 6200 19.5 14.6 14.6 29.8 NONE MOD-500TDM/AF 240 8250 22.1 16.9 16.9 34.4 NONE NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice. See installation instructions prior to installing the unit. This document is not for installation purposes. WELLS MANUFACTURING COMPANY 2 ERIK CIRCLE, PO BOX 280, VERDI, NV 89439 U.S.A. USA PHONE: (775) 689-5700 FAX: (775) 689-5972 FOR ORDERS ONLY: (888) 356-5362 FAX: (800) 356-5142 www.wells-mfg.com 2002 WELLS MANUFACTURING PRINTED IN THE U.S.A. 02/02 REV(-) PART NO. 303438 Maple Street / Sam
Hatco GRAHL-54D3 Item#:48 ITEM# GLO-RAY DUAL INFRARED FOODWARMERS WITH LIGHTS Models GRAL-18D, -24D, -30D, -36D, -42D, -48D, -54D, -60D, -66D, -72D, -84D, -96D, -108D, -120D, -132D, -144D GRAHL-18D, -24D, -30D, -36D, -42D, -48D, -54D, -60D, -66D, -72D, -84D, -96D, -108D, -120D, -132D, -144D Hatco Glo-Ray Dual Infrared Foodwarmers with lights illuminate hot food products while safely holding them at optimum serving temperatures. Foods do not dry out or become discolored; even delicate dishes hold that just-prepared look. The Glo-Ray pre-focused heat pattern directs heat from a tubular element to bathe the entire holding surface. FLEXIBILITY The continuous aluminum housings, up to 12' (3658 mm) in width, are very strong and eliminate the danger of sagging. The advanced Glo-Ray Dual Mounting feature allows side-by-side mounting of two warmers to provide a deeper holding area. A 3" or 6" (76 or 152 mm) spacer is available. Toggle switches are standard with dual foodwarmers. When selecting infinite controls, they MUST be mounted remotely. Remote control enclosures are available in several sizes, built in accordance with UL Standards to accommodate switches, indicator lights and wiring, ready for installation. Optional sneeze guards that meet NSF Standards can be ordered for display areas and buffet lines. Made of shatterproof, easyto-clean acrylic, they provide a safe foodserving environment. All models are available in powdercoated Designer colors of Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper, or Gloss finishes of Gleaming Gold, Glossy Gray, Bold Black, Radiant Red, Brilliant Blue. The powdercoated surfaces provide durability and are easy to clean. QUALITY The following features assure the finest performance for years to come: Available in widths from 18" to 12' (457-3658 mm). Coated shatter-resistant incandescent lights enhance brilliant product display while safeguarding food from bulb breakage. Sturdy continuous aluminum housings eliminate sagging. Prefocused heat maintains safe serving temperatures longer without continuing to cook the food. Variety of models, configurations, colors, and accessories provide unlimited flexibility. Model GRAHL-96D with optional Designer color, 3" (76 mm) spacer, and non-adjustable tubular stands Model GRAHL-72D with optional Designer color, 3" (76 mm) spacer, and tandem elements Remote Control Enclosures Model RMB-7D with optional Designer color Model RMB-7L with infinite control Model GRAL-36D with 3" (76 mm) spacer Model RMB-3F with toggle switch and indicator light METAL SHEATHED ELEMENTS GUARANTEED AGAINST BURNOUT AND BREAKAGE FOR TWO YEARS. HATCO CORPORATION P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. (800) 558-0607 (414) 671-6350 Fax (800) 543-7521 Int l. Fax (414) 671-3976 www.hatcocorp.com E-mail: equipsales@hatcocorp.com Form No. GR-L-D Spec Sheet Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 87 Printed in U.S.A. June 2009
Hatco GRAHL-54D3 Item#:48 ITEM# GLO-RAY DUAL INFRARED FOODWARMERS WITH LIGHTS Models GRAL-18D, -24D, -30D, -36D, -42D, -48D, -54D, -60D, -66D, -72D, -84D, -96D, -108D, -120D, -132D, -144D GRAHL-18D, -24D, -30D, -36D, -42D, -48D, -54D, -60D, -66D, -72D, -84D, -96D, -108D, -120D, -132D, -144D 6" (152 mm) 15"* 3"*(76 mm) (381 mm) 2 1 2" (64 mm) 18" thru 144" (457-3658 mm) FRONT VIEW Standard Power Location with 36" (914 mm) flexible metal conduit and 42" (1067 mm) leads BOTTOM VIEW Dual Models with Lights *Add 3" (76 mm) for 6" (152 mm) spacer 6" (152 mm) SPECIFICATIONS Aluminum HighWatt Aluminum StandardWatt Model Watt Model Watt Width ShippingWeight GRAHL-18D 820 GRAL-18D 620 18" ( 457 mm) 14 lbs. ( 6 kg) GRAHL-24D 1120 GRAL-24D 820 24" ( 610 mm) 16 lbs. ( 7 kg) GRAHL-30D 1440 GRAL-30D 1020 30" ( 762 mm) 19 lbs. ( 9 kg) GRAHL-36D 1780 GRAL-36D 1330 36" ( 914 mm) 22 lbs. (10 kg) GRAHL-42D 2080 GRAL-42D 1530 42" (1067 mm) 25 lbs. (11 kg) GRAHL-48D 2440 GRAL-48D 1840 48" (1219 mm) 29 lbs. (13 kg) GRAHL-54D 2740 GRAL-54D 2090 54" (1372 mm) 33 lbs. (15 kg) GRAHL-60D 3100 GRAL-60D 2400 60" (1524 mm) 37 lbs. (17 kg) GRAHL-66D 3420 GRAL-66D 2620 66" (1676 mm) 39 lbs. (18 kg) GRAHL-72D 3810 GRAL-72D 2910 72" (1829 mm) 42 lbs. (19 kg) GRAHL-84D 4520 GRAL-84D 3420 84" (2134 mm) 47 lbs. (21 kg) GRAHL-96D 5280 GRAL-96D 3930 96" (2438 mm) 56 lbs. (25 kg) GRAHL-108D 5540 GRAL-108D 4240 108" (2743 mm) 64 lbs. (29 kg) GRAHL-120D 6200 GRAL-120D 4800 120" (3048 mm) 72 lbs. (33 kg) GRAHL-132D 6900 GRAL-132D 5300 132" (3353 mm) 79 lbs. (36 kg) GRAHL-144D 7620 GRAL-144D 5820 144" (3658 mm) 86 lbs. (39 kg) Does not include RMB. When using an infinite control with 120 volt model, add tandem element charge, cord not available. 120 volt models require additional switches and tandem (end-to-end) elements, see tandem option for additional charges. Available with RMB or remote switch only. Consult factory for additional charges. 120 volt models not available. DIMENSIONS 18"-144"W x 15" or 18"D x 2.5"H (457-3658 x 381 or 457 x 64 mm). VOLTAGE 120, 120/208 and 120/240, single phase. Export voltages available. REMOTE CONTROL ENCLOSURES Model Width Toggle Switches RMB-3 5.5" (140 mm) 2 Maximum RMB-7 9" (229 mm) 4 Maximum RMB-14 14" (356 mm) 6 Maximum RMB-16 16" (406 mm) 3 Maximum RMB-20 20" (508 mm) 3 Maximum ONE REMOTE CONTROL ENCLOSURE PER FOODWARMER. MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS Recommended Mounting Height Standard Watt: 10"-14" (254-356 mm) High Watt: 14"-18" (356-457 mm) MINIMUM SPACING May not be installed in combustible surroundings. Non-combustibles: 1" (25 mm) above, 10" (254 mm) below. Must be installed in pass-through area. Units with remote switches may be installed 3" (76 mm) from a non-combustible back wall, 8" (203 mm) to surface below, and flush to an overshelf. Maximum 10" (254 mm) setback from the front of an overshelf. OPTIONS (NOT FOR RETROFIT) Designer Colors: Warm Red, Black, Gray Granite, White Granite, Navy Blue, Hunter Green, Antique Copper Gloss Finishes: Gleaming Gold, Glossy Gray, Bold Black, Radiant Red, Brilliant Blue 3" or 6" (76 or 152 mm) Spacer Indicator Light (Remote only) Tandem Element (End-to-end) Sneeze Guard Incandescent Lights Halogen Bulbs in lieu of Standard Display Lights Extended Electrical Leads Bright Annealed Lamp Reflector Remote Infinite Control Remote Control Enclosure Adjustable Tubular Stands 10"-14" (254-356 mm) Non-Adjustable Tubular Stands 10", 12", 14", or 16" (254, 305, 356, or 406 mm) Available in Designer colors Maximum of 12.2 amps. Consult factory if rating of single element at 120 volts exceeds 1400 watts. ACCESSORIES Adjustable Angle Brackets (Provides 1" 2" (25-51 mm) clearance above unit) Chain Suspension PRODUCT SPECS Dual Infrared Foodwarmer The Dual Infrared Foodwarmer with lights shall be a Glo-Ray, manufactured by the Hatco Corporation, Milwaukee, WI 53234 U.S.A. With 24/7 parts and service assistance (U.S. and Canada only), the Foodwarmer shall be a Glo-Ray Model..., rated at... watts,... volts, single phase, and be... inches (millimeters) in overall width. The Glo-Ray shall consist of an aluminum housing and include four shelf mounting tabs. The infrared heating element shall be tubular metal sheathed. The foodwarmer shall be ready for electrical installation. Options and accessories shall include adjustable or non-adjustable tubular stand, angle brackets, suspension chain and fittings, sneeze guard, and indicator light. HATCO CORPORATION P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. (800) 558-0607 (414) 671-6350 Fax (800) 543-7521 Int l. Fax (414) 671-3976 www.hatcocorp.com E-mail: equipsales@hatcocorp.com Printed in U.S.A. Form No. GR-L-D Spec Sheet June 2009 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 88
Star Mfg. CG28IE Item#:49 Features/Benefits: S t a r M a n u f a c t u r i n g I n t e r n a t i o n a l, I n c. PRO-MAX GROOVED TWO-SIDED GRILLS WITH ELECTRONIC TIMERS & WITH PRO-LIFT HINGE Models CG10IE, CG14E, CG14IE, CG14IEGT, CG28IE & CG28IEGT Expand your menu with Star s Pro-Max grooved two sided grill. Prepare Panini sandwiches, chicken breasts, hamburgers, steaks, vegetables and many other menu items quickly and easily while maximizing space. Heavy-duty 10, 14 and 28 cast iron or aluminum platens provide long life and superior performance keeping up with your menu requirements. Electronic programmable timer from 0 to 9:59 minutes with LED display. The timer counts down the cooking time taking the guess work out of preparing food and is equipped with an audible alarm to signal when the timer reaches zero. The Star Pro-Lift hinge system provides for unmatched reliability with safe and effortless operation. The top platens lift parallel to the bottom platen for a full three (3) inches before rotating up so that thin tortillas or tall sandwiches and burritos cook evenly. Spacious grilling height accommodates product up to 3 with 3-4 pounds of pressure for proper cooking between platens. Top and bottom grill cooks your menu items in half the time, sealing in the flavor. The bottom platen has a patented splash guard to help keep products and grease in their place. Ergonomically designed control panel provides easy access to controls and grease drawer. Heavy gauge, water resistant flexible plastic conduit protects electrical connections. On/off 3-position switch : Top position operates both top and bottom platens. Bottom position operates bottom platen only. Middle is the OFF position. Thermostat is rated from 175 F (79 C) to 550 F (302 C) and provides accurate sensing of temperature. Removable, large capacity grease drawer in the front of unit for easy clean up. Application: Star s Panini Grills can prepare sandwiches, chicken breasts, hamburgers and a variety of other menu items in your restaurant, cafe, concession stand, bar, or wherever you need high performance cooking. Grills are compact and portable providing flexibility in your operation. Quality Construction: Star s Two-Sided Panini Grills are constructed of 18 gauge stainless steel. Units available with cast iron or aluminum grooved platens. The Pro-Lift Hinge System is constructed of hardened aluminum for strength and durability. Metal tubular elements are standard. The leadin cord is resistant to water and oil and has metallic braiding to protect wiring. Furnished with a 6 cord and standard NEMA plug. Warranty: Star s Two-Sided Grills are covered by a one year parts and labor warranty. Patent No. 6,257,126 Model CG10IE Model CG14E Kitchen Innovations 2011 Award presented by the National Restaurant Association Restaurant, Hotel-Motel Show Star Manufacturing International Inc. - 10 Sunnen Drive - P.O. Box 430129 - St. Louis, MO 63143-3800 Phone: (800) 264-7827 - FAX: (800) 264-6666 - www.star-mfg.com S112/1031 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 89
Star Mfg. CG28IE Item#:49 S t a r M a n u f a c t u r i n g I n t e r n a t i o n a l, I n c. PRO-MAX GROOVED TWO-SIDED GRILLS WITH ELECTRONIC TIMERS & WITH PRO-LIFT HINGE Models CG10IE, CG14E, CG14IE, CG14IEGT, CG28IE & CG28IEGT B D C Model and Specifications Height (A) (B) (C) (D) Approximate Weight Model Grill Width Depth Closed Open Voltage Wattage Amps NEMA Shipping Installed No. Surface (cm) (cm) (cm) (cm) (kg) (kg) CG10IE Iron 16-1/8 21-1/8 14-1/4 28-3/4 120 1800 15 5-15P 69 lbs. 53 lbs. 120 1800 15 5-20P** (40.9) (53.7) (36.2) (73) 208/240 1350/1800 6.5/7.5 6-15P (31.3) (24) CG14E Alum. 19-5/8 24-5/8 14-1/4 33 120 1800 15 5-15P 71 Ibs. 59 lbs. 120 1800 15 5-20P** (49.8) (62.5) (36.2) (73) 208/240 1350/1800 6.5/7.5 6-15P (32.2) (26.8) CG14IE Iron 19-5/8 24-5/8 17-1/4 36 208/240 2700/3600 13/15 6-20P 109 lbs. 95 lbs. (49.8) (62.5) (43.8) (91.4) (49.5) (43.2) CG14IEGT* Iron 19-5/8 24-5/8 17-1/4 36 208/240 2700/3600 13/15 6-20P 105 lbs. 91 lbs. (49.8) (62.5) (43.81) (91.4) (47.7) (41.4) CG28IE Iron 34-1/4 24-3/4 17-1/4 36 208/240 5400/7200 26/30 L6-30P 233 lbs. 208 lbs. (87) (62.9) (43.8) (91.4) 208/240 5400/7200 26/30 6-50P** (105) (94.5) CG28IEGT* Iron 34-1/4 24-3/4 17-1/4 36 208/240 5400/7200 26/30 L6-30P 237 lbs. 202 lbs. (87) (62.9) (43.8) (91.4) 208/240 5400/7200 26/30 6-50P** (105) (94.5) * GT models have grooved top platen and smooth bottom platen. NOTE: Units weighing more then 80 pounds have standard 4 legs. **Canadian Requirements Typical Specifications A Two-Sided Grills are constructed with an 18 gauge stainless steel body. Cast iron or aluminum grooved platens are standard. The Pro-Lift Hinge System provides easy operation of the top platen. Grilling height between platens accommodates up to 3" with the Pro-Lift Hinge System providing 3-4 pounds of pressure to the cooking product placed on bottom platen. Metal sheathed tubular elements are standard. A standard audible alarm signals when the timer has counted down to zero. Adjustable non-skid feet are standard. Unit is provided with a six foot power cord and Nema rated plug (see specifications above). Units are approved by UL, UL Sanitation to NSF Standard 4 or UL Canada Standards. Printed in the U.S.A. Due to periodic changes in designs, methods, procedures, policies and regulations, the specifications contained in this sheet are subject to change without notice. While Star Manufacturing exercises good faith efforts to provide information that is accurate, we are not responsible for errors or omissions in information provided or conclusions reached as a result of using the specifications. By using the information provided, the user assumes all risks in connection with such use. Star Manufacturing International Inc. - 10 Sunnen Drive - P.O. Box 430129 - St. Louis, MO 63143-3800 Phone: (800) 264-7827 - FAX: (800) 264-6666 - www.star-mfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 90
Win-Holt Equipment Group 148PIB Item#:50 Triple Ingredient Bins ITEM NO. QUANTITY NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. Specifications: EXPRESS Aluminum Frame Ingredient Bins 148PIB Model Number Ordering Number Heavy duty plastic bins are constructed of seamless, one-piece, sanitary polyethylene. Will not chip, corrode or rust. Bins are available in White, Yellow and Blue, to color code for easy product identification. Clear, heavy duty, plastic lids are standard with all units. Ideal height, conveniently fits under work tables, saving valuable space. Heavy duty frame. Bins and lids are interchangeable with other popular brands. Model 148PIB frame is constructed of sanitary aluminum that will not rust and maneuvers easily on large 5" polyurethane casters. Model 148PIB/WF frame is constructed of heavy duty chrome plated wire and maneuvers easily on 4" casters. This unit ships knock down. Total Capacity each Bin 55 lb Flour (25 kg) 75 lb Sugar (34 kg) Overall Dimensions Width Length Height Approx. Ship Weight (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) Full Aluminum Assembly with 1 White, 1 Yellow, and 1 Blue Tub and Three Clear Covers 148PIB 111940 17 432 31½ 800 28¾ 730 48 22 70 Full Wire Frame Assembly with 1 White, 1 Yellow, and 1 Blue Tub and Three Clear Covers Bins Covers 9¼ 235 14 5 /8 371 23¼ 591 White Yellow Blue Freight Class 148PIB / WF 193800 17¾ 451 31½ 826 30½ 775 36 16 100 148BIN-WH 130008 148BIN-YW 129980 148BIN-BL 182713 148COV 111931 Clear 100 Replacement Caster Information 757 123684 Swivel Square Stem Caster with 5" Polyurethane Wheel 65 759 123721 Swivel Stem Caster with 4" x 1" Polyurethane Wheel 65 100 Triple Ingredient Bins Lifetime Guarantee Against Rust or Corrosion on All Aluminum Products. LABORATORY CERTIFICATION AND APPROVAL SYMBOLS: Wire Frame Ingredient Bins 148PIB/WF 439 Oak Street Garden City, NY 11530 Tel: 1-800-444-3595 Fax: 516-222-0371 www.winholt.com sales@winholt.com NEW YORK TEXAS CALIFORNIA MICHIGAN Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 91
Win-Holt Equipment Group 148PIB Item#:50 Ingredient Bin, Single ITEM NO. QUANTITY NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. Specifications: Heavy duty plastic bin is constructed of white, seamless, one-piece, sanitary polyethylene. Will not chip, corrode or rust. Bins are washable and steam cleanable. Ideal height, conveniently fits under 30" work table, saving valuable space. Maneuvers easily on four 3" rubber casters for easier rolling and maneuverability. Equipped with heavy duty Aluminum Lid. Total Capacity 160 lb Flour (73 kg) Model Number Ordering Number Replacement Caster Information 228 lb Sugar (103 kg) Overall Dimensions Width Length Height Approx. Ship Weight (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) 1529PIB / ALC 112011 15 381 29 737 27 686 30 14 7317 123043 Swivel Plate caster with 3" Rubber Wheel 749 123561 Rigid Plate Caster with 3" Rubber Wheel 7111 122171 3" Rubber Wheel Freight Class: 70 1529PIB/ALC Ingredient Bin, Single 439 Oak Street Garden City, NY 11530 Tel: 1-800-444-3595 Fax: 516-222-0371 www.winholt.com sales@winholt.com NEW YORK TEXAS CALIFORNIA MICHIGAN Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 92
Win-Holt Equipment Group 148PIB Item#:50 Ingredient Bin, Single ITEM NO. QUANTITY NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. Specifications: Stainless Steel frame with one-piece, seamless, NSF and FDA approved polyethylene liner. Rugged construction for lifetime durability. Win-Holt ingredient bins won't bulge or break. Durable single-piece transporting handle with combined nameplate holder for easy cleaning. Fingertip slide-off cover completely removable to speed up cleaning. 3" diameter casters two swivel two rigid for complete mobility even when fully loaded. Casters are securely affixed to rugged metal base not molded into plastic where they can break away. Airtight design for better product protection and sanitation. Lift out POLY-LINER for maximum working convenience. Perfect for under bench applications Model Number Ordering Number Desc. Replacement Caster Information Overall Dimensions Width Length Height Approx. Ship Weight (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) IB-A216W/PL Total Capacity 150 lb Flour (68 kg) 218 lb Sugar (99 kg) IB-A216W / PL 254641 Aluminum 15 381 27 686 28 711 40 18 303RPRCW 895465 Rigid Plate Caster 3¼ x 1½ Polyurethane Wheel 303SPPCW 895529 Swivel Plate Caster with 3¼ x 1½ Polyurethane Wheel Ingredient Bin, Single Freight Class: 70 LABORATORY CERTIFICATION AND APPROVAL SYMBOLS: 439 Oak Street Garden City, NY 11530 Tel: 1-800-444-3595 Fax: 516-222-0371 www.winholt.com sales@winholt.com NEW YORK TEXAS CALIFORNIA MICHIGAN Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 93
Blodgett Oven 911 DOUBLE Item#:52 MODEL 911/911P Deck Oven OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES (AT ADDITIONAL CHARGE) Flexible gas hose with quick disconnect and restraining device: 36" (914 mm) 48" (1219mm) Casters Stainless steel crown angle trim Vent kit Double or triple connector for stacking Ultra Rokite shelves, 1" (25.4mm) thick (pizza type shelf) Steam jets OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES (AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE) 911 - FDTH 300 F (149 C) to 650 F (343 C) temperature thermostat Centigrade dial, 100 C to 300 C Project Item No. Quantity Ovens consist of basic sections and are a complete and separate unit capable of operating alone or in combination. All data is shown per oven section, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to operator manual specification chart for listed model name. EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION Full angle iron frame Stainless steel front, top, sides and back Counterbalanced doors with concealed hinges Heavy chrome plated tubular steel door handle 27-1/2" (699mm) stainless steel legs (for single units) 19" (483mm) stainless steel legs (for double units) 7" (179mm) stainless steel legs (for triple units) Burner doors open easily for ignition, cleaning or adjustment, without removal of any fastenings Vitreous fiber insulation at top, back, sides, bottom and doors 911/911P - Single/Double/Triple INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION 33" x 22" x 7" (838mm x 559mm X 178mm) oven compartment interior Aluminized steel baking compartment liner Aluminized steel combustion chamber Steel deck supported by an angle iron frame 12 gauge (3.02mm) press-formed, reinforced and flanged aluminized steel deck OPERATION Free-floating, easily removable duplex-tube burner Removable fixed orifices on main and pilot burner Main gas valve, temperature control valve and safety pilot valve fully within section body and are accessible through a covered and ventilated compartment in front Air mixers with adjustable air shutters and locking device 911 - Liquid pressure thermostat with temperature range of 200 F (93 C) to 500 F (288 C) 911P - Liquid pressure thermostat with temperature range of 300 F (149 C) to 650 F (343 C) STANDARD FEATURES 911 - Fahrenheit dial 200 to 500 911P - Fahrenheit dial 300 to 650 911 - Steel oven deck 911P - Ultra Rokite deck Three year oven parts and labor warranty* Five year limited oven door warranty* * For all international markets, contact your local distributor. BLODGETT OVEN COMPANY www.blodgett.com 44 Lakeside Avenue, Burlington, VT 05401 Phone: (802) 658-6600 Fax: (802) 864-0183 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 94
Blodgett Oven 911 DOUBLE Item#:52 2-1/2 (64) 6 (152) VENT GAS 3/4 IPS (FEMALE) 2-13/16 (71) MODEL 911/911P DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MM) APPROVAL/STAMP 28-1/2 (724) 23-5/8 (600) 49-5/8 (1260) 51 (1295) 7 (178) 27-3/8 (695) 13-1/4 (337) 5 (127) 3 (76) DRAFTHOOD TOP VIEW DRAFT DIVERTER 6 (152) GAS 3/4 IPS 39-3/8 (1000) (FEMALE) 27-1/2 (699) 47-1/4 (1200) 63-1/4 (1607) 53 (1346) 41-1/8 (1045) 30-7/8 (784) 19 (483) 7 (178) 13-1/4 (337) DRAFTHOOD GAS 3/4 IPS (FEMALE) DRAFT DIVERTER 6 (152) GAS 3/4 IPS (FEMALE) 60-7/8 (1546) 38-3/4 (984) 73-3/8 (1864) 51-1/4 (1302) 29-1/8 (740) 18-7/8 (479) 7 (179) 7 (178) 13-1/4 (337) DRAFTHOOD 63-1/8 (1603) GAS 3/4 IPS (FEMALE) 41 (1041) GAS 3/4 IPS (FEMALE) GAS 3/4 IPS (FEMALE) DRAFT DIVERTER 6 (152) 26-3/4 (679) 48-7/8 (1241) 71 (1803) SINGLE DOUBLE TRIPLE SHORT FORM SPECIFICATIONS Provide Blodgett single deck oven, model 911. Construction shall be stainless steel on front, top, back and sides, and shall be fully insulated on all sides. Oven shall be supported by formed adjustable legs. Door(s) shall be counterbalanced (no springs) with concealed hinges and chrome plated tubular steel handles. Separate burner door provided for ignition, cleaning and adjustment. Each baking compartment shall be 33" W x 7" H x 22" D and shall be lined with aluminized steel. Deck shall be 11 gauge press-formed, reinforced and flanged steel. Unit shall be gas heated by a free-floating, easily removable, duplex-type burner controlled by a liquid pressure thermostat with range of 200 F to 500 F (911) or 300 F to 650 F (911P). Each compartment provided with flue vent. Provide with three year oven parts and labor warranty. Provide with options and accessories as indicated DIMENSIONS: Single Double Triple Number of sections: 1 2 3 Number of controls: 1 2 3 Number of compartments: 1 2 3 Size of compartment: 33" (838mm) W x 7" (178mm) H x 22" (559mm) D Area of each compartment: 5.04 sq. ft. (0.47m2) Total area of oven: 5.04 sq. ft. (0.47m2) Clearance below oven: 26-1/8" (664mm) Floor space: 51" (1495mm) wide x 30" (762mm) deep Product clearance: 6" from combustible and non-combustible construction PAN CAPACITIES: Single Double Triple 10" (254mm) pie tins: 6 12 24 18" x 26" (457mm x 660mm) bun pans: 1 2 3 9-1/2" x 5" (241mm x 127mm) bread pans: 12 24 36 9" x 7" (228mm x 178mm) roll pans: 9 18 27 19" x 4" (483mm x 102mm) pullman pans: 8 16 24 13" x 16-1/2" (330mm x 419mm) cup tins: 4 8 12 20" x 28" (508mm x 711mm) roast pans: 1 2 3 No. 200 pans (324mm x 527mm): 2 4 6 Bean pots: #1: 15 30 45 #3: 8 16 24 #6: 6 12 18 NOTE: The company reserves the right to make substitutions of components without prior notice Printed in U.S.A. BLODGETT OVEN COMPANY www.blodgett.com 44 Lakeside Avenue, Burlington, VT 05401 Phone: (802) 658-6600 Fax: (802) 864-0183 NOTE: FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY GAS SUPPLY: 3/4" IPS connection at rear of oven Manifold Pressure: Natural 5" W.C Propane 10" W.C. Inlet Pressure: Natural 7.0" W.C. min. 10.5" W.C. max. Propane 11.0" W.C. min. 13.0" W.C. max. MAXIMUM INPUT: 911 911P Single 20,000 BTU/hr 27,000 BTU/hr Double 40,000 BTU/hr 54,000 BTU/hr Triple 60,000 BTU/hr 81,000 BTU/hr MINIMUM ENTRY CLEARANCE: Uncrated 23-1/4" (591MM) Crated 27" (686mm) SHIPPING INFORMATION: Approx. Weight: 911 911P Single 495 lbs. (225kg) 585 lbs. (265kg) Double 905 lbs. (410kg) 1130 lbs. (512kg) Triple 1285 lbs. (583kg) 1640 lbs. (744kg) Crate sizes: 56" (1422mm) X 36" (914mm) X 27" (686mm) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 95 P/N 35027 Rev R (5/11)
Southbend P36N-BBB Item#:53 36" Sectional Range Six 33,000 BTU Open-Top Burners Standard Features Standard (2) years limited parts and labor warranty (reference http://www.southbendnc.com/#sbvservice.html for limited warranty details). 36" wide sectional range with six open-top burners available with a standard-oven base, convection-oven base, cabinet base, or as a modular unit (for mounting on countertop, refrigerated or freezer base). Six 33,000 BTU NAT (30,000BTU LP) patented clog-free burners Removable, welded steel top grates 9-1/4" deep front rail Removable drip tray Stainless steel front, sides, rear and exterior bottom Fully insulated lining and burner box 1-1/4" front gas manifold and 1" rear gas connection 5" high stainless steel flue riser Free battery-design assistance Standard Features of Oven-Base Models 45,000 BTU NAT (42,000 BTU LP) oven with standing pilot Cool-to-the-touch handle Porcelain enamel interior Oven racks (2 for standard oven, 3 for convection oven) Insta-On thermostat ranging from 175 F to 550 F Standard-oven interior is large enough (26" by 26-1/2") for sheet pans to fit either way Convection-oven models have 1/2 hp, two-speed blower Standard Features of Cabinet-Base Models Stainless steel cabinet with removable doors that open from the center Standard Features of Step-Up Models Rear burners are 4" higher than front burners P36N-BBB (Modular Mount) P36N-BBB-SU (Modular Mount with Step-Up Rear Burners) P36C-BBB (Cabinet Base) P36C-BBB-SU (Cabinet Base with Step-Up Rear Burners) P36D-BBB (Standard-Oven Base) P36D-BBB-SU (Standard-Oven Base with Step-Up Rear Burners) P36A-BBB (Convection-Oven Base) P36A-BBB-SU (Convection-Oven Base with Step-Up Rear Burners) Model P36A-BBB with optional 24" flue riser Job Item# Exterior Finish: Front and sides constructed of #3 polished 430 and 304 stainless steel. Range: 36"-wide front-manifold sectional range with six 33,000 BTU NAT (30,000 BTU LP) clog-free, open-top burners with removable, welded steel top grates. Front Rail: 9-1/4" deep front rail. Flue Riser: 5" high stainless steel flue riser Battery: Unit can be in any position in a battery. If the unit is at the end of the battery, the end side will be solid (rather than have a coverplate over the end of the front manifold). Legs: 6" stainless steel adjustable legs standard. Standard CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Model 36D: 45,000 BTU NAT (42,000 BTU LP) oven with standing pilot and thermostat range of 175 F to 550 F (79 C to 288 C). Porcelain enamel interior, measuring 14 high x 26 wide x 26.5 deep. Two racks with five-position side rails. Model 36A: 45,000 BTU NAT (42,000 BTU LP) convection oven with standing pilot and thermostat range of 175 F to 550 F (79 C to 288 C). Porcelain enamel interior, measuring 14 high x 26 wide x 24 deep. Three racks with five-position side rails. Two-speed, 1/2 hp blower motor. Model 36C: Stainless steel cabinet base with two removable doors that open from the center. Form P36-BBB Rev 6 (September/2011) www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com Printed in USA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 96
Models: Southbend P36N-BBB Item#:53 P36N-BBB P36N-BBB-SU P36C-BBB P36C-BBB-SU P36D-BBB P36D-BBB-SU P36A-BBB P36A-BBB-SU 10 " (254) Shipping Crate Dimensions & Weight Model Width Height Depth Volume Weight 37-1/2" (953) 24" 40-1/4" (610) (1023) 20-1/2" (521) Optional Shelf 4" Step-Up Burner Option P36N-BBB P36N-BBB-SU P36C-BBB P36C-BBB-SU 45.5" (1156) 45.5" (1156) 23" (584) 45" (1143) 55" (1397) 55" (1397) 33.3 cu ft 390 lbs (0.94 cu m) (176.9 kg) 65.2 cu ft 600 lbs (1.85 cu m) (272.2 kg) TOP VIEW 9-1/4" (235) 8-1/2" (216) SIDE VIEW of MODULAR MODEL P36D-BBB P36D-BBB-SU P36A-BBB P36A-BBB-SU 45.5" (1156) 45.5" (1156) 45" (1143) 45" (1143) 55" (1397) 55" (1397) 65.2 cu ft 706 lbs (1.85 cu m) (320.2 kg) 65.2 cu ft 759 lbs (1.85 cu m) (344.3 kg) 36" (914) Dimensions shown in inches and (millimeters) 36" Flue Riser 24" Flue Riser 43-1/2" (1105) 40" (1016) 37-1/2" (953) 34" (864) Optional extra-deep flue riser (cooking area is same as for models with standard flue riser). 36" (914) 5" Flue Riser 5" (127) 72" (1829) Electrical Rear Gas Connection 60" Front Gas Connection for Oven (1524) Manifold Models 41" (1041) 33-3/4" (859) 15-3/4" (400) Motor for Convection Oven Models 20" (508) 7" (178) 2-1/2" (64) 18" (457) FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW REAR VIEW GAS: Each unit has a 1-1/4" front manifold that couples to the adjacent sectional unit(s), and a 1" rear gas connection with a male NPT connector. Minimum gas supply pressure is 7" W.C. for natural gas and 11" W.C. for propane. All sectional units UTILITY INFORMATION Model P36N-BBB P36N-BBB-SU P36C-BBB P36C-BBB-SU P36D-BBB P36D-BBB-SU P36A-BBB P36A-BBB-SU Gas (BTU/hour) Electricity (Amps) Natural Propane 120V 208/240V 198,000 180,000 - - 198,000 180,000 - - 243,000 222,000 0* 0* 243,000 222,000 5.9* 2.7* *Standing Oven Pilot Models require a regulated gas supply (a pressure regulator must be ordered separately). If using a flexible-hose gas connection, the inside diameter of the hose must not be smaller than the connector on the unit and must comply with ANSI Z21.69, providing an adequate means of restraint to prevent undue strain on the gas connection. ELECTRICITY: All oven models with optional electronic ignition require 50Hz or 60Hz single-phase power. 120V models have a 7-foot power cord with ground plug (5.9A for "A" models). 208/240V models have a terminal block for connection to a single-phase 208/240V source (2.7A for "A" models). MISCELLANEOUS If casters are used with a flexible-hose gas connection, a restraining device should be used to prevent undue strain on the hose. Minimum clearance from noncombustible construction is zero (except there must be 2" clearance behind the blower motor of convection-oven models). Minimum clearance from combustible construction is 10" (254 mm) on sides and 6" (152 mm) on rear. Installation under a vented hood is recommended. Check local codes for fire and sanitary regulations. NOTICE: Southbend has a policy of continuous product research and improvement. We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment. External pressure regulator Front rail options: Cutouts in front rail for sauce pans 7-1/4" deep front rail (to match old style sectional) Square belly bar mounted on 7-1/4" deep front rail Casters (front two casters lock) OPTIONS and ACCESSORIES Cable restraint kit (to restrict movement when on casters) 24" or 36" high flue riser Shelves on flue riser (one on 24" flue riser, one or two on 36" flue riser, 10" deep) Tray or tubular shelving (12" deep) Open-frame base with casters for battery Extra-deep rear-extending flue riser Stainless steel oven interior Salamander or cheesemelter mounted on 36" high flue riser Removable shelf inside cabinet Electronic pilot ignition - Piezo Removable, cast iron grate tops Electronic oven pilot ignition (no charge) Battery spark ignition for open tops INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. NOT FOR HOUSEHOLD USE. 1100 Old Honeycutt Road, Fuquay-Varina, NC 27526 (919) 762-1000 www.southbendnc.com Form P36-BBB Rev 6 (September/2011) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 97
Southbend 1167782 Item#:53 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 98
Southbend 1167782 Item#:53 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 99
Southbend P72-CM Item#:53 INFRARED CHEESE MELTER (RANGE MOUNT, WALL MOUNT AND COUNTERTOP) Standard Features - Largest Cooking Area - Total BTU s: 24-20,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 32-40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 36-40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 48-60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 60-60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 72-80,000 BTU (NAT or LP) - Dual valve control for left and right operation - 90 second preheat time with no waiting between loads - Interpiping of gas connection to sectional range base (not available for Pass Thru (PT) model) - Stainless steel construction - Bright anneal removable crumb tray. (Platinum Only) - 5 position rack. - Mounts on flue riser or wall. Also available as a countertop unit. - 2-Year Warranty on Operations Parts - Chrome plated cooking racks - Pass Thru (PT) cheese melter is countertop or shelf mount only (shelf not included) P24-CM; P32-CM; P36-CM; P48-CM; P60-CM; P72-CM P32-CM-PT; P36-CM-PT; P48-CM-PT; P60-CM-PT; P72-CM-PT Model P36-CM Model P36-CM-PT with optional legs Job Item# STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Exterior Finish: Constructed of 430 stainless steel #3 polish. Assembly: Double wall enforced sides and back. Removable broiler racks, constructed of.375 diameter welded steel chrome plated rod. 5 broiling positions. Controls: Independent dual valve controls to operate left and right burner field (except P24-CM). Heavy duty gas valves adjust gas flow with variable temperature adjustment between high and off. Broiler rack (5 position) can be raised or lowered for optimum broiling applications. OPTIONAL Mounting: Can be mounted to a flue riser or available as a wall mount or countertop unit. Countertop units standard with 4 high legs. Flue Riser: Heavy duty, reinforced flue riser and air insulated shield located on bottom of broiler to protect broiler from heat generated on range top. Broiler: Infrared cheese melter that can mount on the flue riser of a sectional and/or restuarant range, mount on the wall or used with 4 legs as a countertop unit. Available in natural or propane. P32-CM: Equiped with 4-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking cavity is 27 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 351 sq. in. cooking surface. P36-CM: Equiped with 4-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking Cavity is 31 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 403 sq. in. cooking surface. P48-CM: Equiped with 6-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking cavity is 43 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 559 sq. in. cooking surface. P60-CM: Equiped with 6-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking Cavity is 55 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 715 sq. in. cooking surface. P72-CM: Equiped with 8-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 80,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking cavity is 67 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 871 sq. in. cooking surface. P24-CM: Equiped with 2-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 20,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and single valve control. Cooking cavity is 19 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 247 sq. in. cooking surface. CM Rev 1 (04/07)) www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com Printed in USA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 100
Models: Southbend P72-CM Item#:53 P24-CM P32-CM P36-CM P48-CM P60-CM P72-CM P32-CM-PT P36-CM-PT P48-CM-PT P60-CM-PT P72-CM-PT MODEL WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH WEIGHT P24-CM 24" (610) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 90 lbs (41 kg) P32-CM/ P32-CM-PT 32" (813) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 120 lbs (54 kg) P36-CM/ P36-CM-PT 36" (914) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 135 lbs (61 kg) P48-CM/ P48-CM-PT 48" (1219) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 175 lbs (79 kg) P60-CM/ P60-CM-PT 60" (1524) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 220 lbs (100 kg) P72-CM/ P72-CM-PT 72" (1829) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 265 lbs (120 kg) The broiler and flue riser assembly is shown here mounted on a six-burner open top range with a convection oven base. UTILITY INFORMATION GAS: Required natural gas operating pressure is 4 W.C.Required propane gas operating pressure is 10 W.C. A pressure regulator is supplied with the unit. The required supply line size to regulator is 3/8 NPT. If using a Flex hose, the I.D. should not be smaller than the I.D. of the manifold of the unit it is being connected to. Rear gas inlet center line is located 2-3/4 from the bottom and 1-1/8 in from the right side as you face the unit. MODEL GAS (BTU/HR) NATURAL PROPANE P24-CM 20,000 20,000 P32-CM/ P32-CM-PT P36-CM/ P36-CM-PT P48-CM/ P48-CM-PT P60-CM/ P60-CM-PT P72-CM/ P72-CM-PT 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 80,000 80,000 MISCELLANEOUS - Minimum clearance from noncombustible construction is zero. Minimum clearance from combustible construction is 1 on sides and 3 on rear. - Check local codes for fire and sanitary regulations. NOTICE: Southbend has a policy of continuous product research and improvement. We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES for P32-CM/P36-CM/P48-CM/P60-CM/P72-CM Only Range mount (specify riser size) 4 stainless steel legs for countertop use Wall mount with bracket Sloped encloser Additional rack OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES for P32-CM-PT/P36-CM-PT/P48-CM-PT/P60-CM-PT/P72-CM-PT Only 4 stainless steel legs for countertop use Additional rack CM Rev 1 (04/07) INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. NOT FOR HOUSEHOLD USE. www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com 1100 Old Honeycutt Road, Fuquay-Varina, NC 27526 (919) 762-1000 www.southbendnc.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 101
Southbend TVGS/12SC Item#:53Base TruVection Oven Low Profile, Gas, Convection Oven Standard Features - Patented, high efficiency, non-clog, Inshot burners - 52,000 BTU (NAT or LP) per deck - Available in standard depth - Single deck TruVection oven is 26-1/4 in height (29-7/8 with flue) - Dependent doors with windows - Oven interior light - Coved, porcelain interior - Heavy duty, cool touch, stainless steel door handle - Soft Air, two-speed, 1/2 hp fan motor - 5-position rack guides and 3 plated oven racks - Electronic ignition - Cool down fan mode - Oven ready light - 36 platinum, modular equipment can be directly mounted on top of a single deck TruVection. All other equipment must be on legs. (See spec sheet TVGS/32SC for stacked TruVection units) TVGS/12SC - single deck TruVection Job Item# Available Control SC-Standard Controls 150 F to 550 F solid state thermostat and 60 minute mechanical cook timer. TVGS/12SC shown with optional platinum equipment mounted on top and optional casters STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Exterior Finish: Stainless steel front, sides and top. Doors: Dependent doors with windows, stainless steel construction, heavy-duty welded steel frame and 5/8 diameter full-length hinge pin. Oven Interior: Coved porcelain enamel finish. Rack and Rack Guides: Heavy-duty removable wire rack guides spaced on 1-5/8 centers offer 5 different rack positions. 3 wire racks provided with each oven. Oven Heating: 52,000 BTU (NAT or LP). Oven heating is regulated by an adjustable thermostat control. Blower fan circulates air within the cavity scrubbing heat to the oven interior for even heat distribution within the cavity. Control Panel: Located on front, at right side of oven. Removable panel pulls out for easy servicing. Legs: 6 stainless steel legs standard. Note: Oven cannot be operated without fan in operation. Blower Fan and Motor: 1/2hp, 2-speed motor, 1710/1120 r.p.m Form TVGS/12SC Rev 0 (April/2011) www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com Printed in USA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 102
Southbend TVGS/12SC Item#:53Base Models: TVGS/12SC Dimensions - in [mm] MODEL Oven Interior (Per Deck) Rack Clearance Shipping Crate Width Depth Height Width Depth Width Depth Height Volume Weight TVGS/12SC 29 (737) 21.5 (546) 14 (356) 28.19 (716) 21 (533) 55 (1397) 45 (1143) 46 (1168) 65.88 cu. ft. (1.87 cu. m.) 300 lbs (136.08 kg) GAS: Standard Depth: 52,000 BTU per oven cavity (NAT or LP) One 1 female connection Required minimum inlet pressure: - Natural gas 7 W.C. UTILITY INFORMATION - Propane gas 11 W.C. ELECTRIC: Standard: 120/60/1 phase, furnished with 6 cord w/3-prong plug (1 plug/deck). NEMA #5-15p. Total maximum amps 7.9. Optional: 208/60/1 (190-219 volts). Supply must be wired to junction box with terminal block located at rear. Total maximum amps 4.3. Optional: 240/60/ 1 or 3 (220-240 volts). Supply must be wired to junction box with terminal block located at rear. Total maximum amps 3.8. Optional: 240/50/ 1 or 3 (208-240 volts). Supply must be wired to junction box with terminal block located at rear. Total maximum amps 6.0. * All units shipped single phase. MISCELLANEOUS If using flex hose connector, the I.D should not be smaller than 1 and must comply with ANSI Z 21.69. If casters are used with flex hose, a restraining device should be used to eliminate undue strain on the flex hose. Clearances from combustibles: Top-0, bottom-0, right side-0 and left-3 Install under vented hood Check local codes for fire and sanitary regulations If the unit is connected directly to the outside flue, an A.G.A approved down draft diverter must be installed at the flue outlet of the oven Oven cannot be operated without fan in operation Notice: Southbend reserves the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions, or replacements for previously purchased equipment. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES 208/240 V, 1 phase, 50/60 Hz Export Crating Extra oven racks Bottom, roller bearing, sliding rack Casters 12 legs (single deck only) Stainless steel legs (26 for single deck / 6 for double deck) Marine edge top Down draft diverter for direct flue 1 quick disconnect with flexible hose (specify length: 3ft, 4ft, or 5ft) 2 air insulation panel ( stainless steel only) Form TVGS/12SC Rev 0 (April/2011) INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. NOT FOR HOUSEHOLD USE. 1100 Old Honeycutt Road, Fuquay-Varina, NC 27526 (919) 762-1000 www.southbendnc.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 103
Pitco Frialator 3-SG14C-S/FD Item#:54,59,60 Filter Drawer (FD) and System Solstice Models Project Item No. Quantity STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION Filter pan guide assembly are construction of polished stainless steel. Welded heavy-duty stainless steel filter pan mounted on two rigid casters for easy pan alignment and removal. 1/3 HP heavy duty motor and pump assembly. Large filter media area for filtering heavily breaded products. Special design pan stabilizer legs allow for ease of movement over rubber mats. Model FD Solstice Filter Drawer OPERATIONS STANDARD ACCESSORIES Filter powder and fryer cleaner sample packets Filter paper envelope 18-1/2 x 20-1/2 (47 cm x 57 cm) sample starter packet Cleaning brush Fryer scoop Filter scoop STANDARD COMBINATIONS Any combination of models SG14, SG14R, SG14T, SG18 and BNB are available. Refer to fryer specification sheets for options and other technical information. Additional filters may be needed for larger systems. Simple two-step operation: 1. Blue handle valve is opened to drain oil into filter pan. 2. Red handle valve is opened to return oil from filter to fryer. Self-aligning filter piping makes it easy to assemble and disassemble. Larger 3 (7.6 cm) drain line allows for faster draining without clogging. Light-weight, removable filter pickup assembly, with built-in handle, for fast media cleaning under busy conditions. High flow pump and large return lines produce faster oil refill times. Large filter media collects more debris, which extends time between changes. Filter pan lid attaches to cabinet for ease of use. Filter system can handle longer oil polishing duty cycles. All filter assembly parts are self-integrated. There are no loose parts to be misplaced. Large curved down spout drain virtually eliminates splashing and swivels for oil disposal. NOTE: Up to 6 models per filter. Standard filter location is on the left. Many other combinations are available. Call your dealer/distributor for more details. OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES AT ADDITIONAL COST Flush hose Fryer brush Filter paper envelope 18-1/2 x 20-1/2 (47 cm x 57 cm); 100 sheets per package Paperless stainless steel mesh filter Filter heater for solid shortneing Filter scoop Filter powder APPROVALS CSA Certified (AGA, CGA) NSF Listed MEA Approved CE Certified Australian Gas Assoc. Certified (AuGA) Patent Pending Pitco Frialator, Inc., P.O. Box 501, Concord, NH 03302-0501 1509 Route 3A, Bow NH 03304, USA (603) 225-6684 Fax (603) 225-8472 www.pitco.com L10-134 Rev 5 (11/09) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 104
Model FD Solstice Filter Drawer Pitco Frialator 3-SG14C-S/FD Item#:54,59,60 Filter Drawer (FD) and System Solstice Models Pitco Frialator, Inc., P.O. Box 501, Concord, NH 03302-0501 1509 Route 3A, Bow NH 03304, USA (603) 225-6684 Fax (603) 225-8472 www.pitco.com L10-134 Rev 5 (11/09) Printed in the USA We reserve the right to change specifications without notice and without incurring any obligation for equipement prevously or subsequently sold. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 105
Pitco Frialator PFW-1 Item#:54,59,60 Model PFW-1 & PFW-2 Food Warmers Project Item No. Quantity STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION Rugged, easy to clean stainless steel and aluminum housing. Specifically designed reflector directs heat away from element to provide better coverage of food. Fiberglass insulated hood minimizes heat loss. PFW-1 (Built-in) features high energy ceramic radiant heating element with 750watts of power. Post mounted food warmer is mounted to the bread-and batter cabinet. Swing away design allows for the unit to be moved out of the way or swing away if hit. PFW-2 (Free Standing) features a long life metal sheath element rod with 500 watts of power. Stand alone design allows the unit to be placed on the side shelf of a model 14 or larger Pitco Frialator. Model PFW-1 & PFW-2 Food Warmers CONTROLS MODELS Built-in model (PFW-1) 750 watt Free standing model (PFW-2) 500 watt Up front ON/OFF switch for easy activation. OPERATIONS ON/OFF switch controls power to the heating element. AVAILABLE OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES None necessary APPROVALS CSA Certified (AGA, CGA) NSF Listed MEA Approved UL Listed Patent Pending Pitco Frialator, Inc., P.O. Box 501, Concord, NH 03302-0501 1509 Route 3A, Bow NH 03304, USA (603) 225-6684 Fax (603) 225-8472 www.pitco.com L10-034 Rev 7 (08/03) Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 106
Model PFW-1 & PFW-2 Food Warmers Pitco Frialator PFW-1 Item#:54,59,60 Model PFW-1 & PFW-2 Food Warmers Pitco Frialator, Inc., P.O. Box 501, Concord, NH 03302-0501 1509 Route 3A, Bow NH 03304, USA (603) 225-6684 Fax (603) 225-8472 www.pitco.com L10-034 Rev 7 (08/03) Specifications subject to change without notice. Printed in the USA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 107
Wells HDG-2430G Item#:55A WELLS MANUFACTURING GAS COUNTERTOP HEAVY DUTY GRIDDLES HDG-2430G, HDG-3630G & HDG-4830G (HDG-3630G Shown) Wells Gas Countertop Heavy Duty Griddles are designed for use with either natural or LP gas. Griddles are factory confi figured for natural gas and are field convertible to LP gas. Features 300 series stainless steel housing with removable front panel to provide easy access to components. Griddle surface is a 3/4 thick, steel plate for even heat distribution, ideal for commercial kitchens. Removable, large capacity stainless steel drip drawer provides easy clean-up. Each burner has an adjustable air shutter to control primary air and provide optimum combustion. Each burner has ON/OFF control valves that provide infinite heat adjustment. Heavy duty 4 steel legs. Meets ANSI Z83 and NSF International standards. One year warranty covers parts and labor. Specifications Overall Dimensions Inches MM All Models: Depth 31 11/16 804 Height (incl. 4 legs) 17 433 Width: HDG-2430G 24 1/8 613 HDG-3630G 36 1/8 917 HDG-4830G 48 1/8 1222 Temperature Settings: OFF/LO to HI Number of burners: 2, 3, or 4 Weights Lbs. KG HDG-2430G Installed 199 90 Shipping 249 113 HDG-3630G Installed 287 130 Shipping 396 180 HDG-4830G Installed 393 178 Shipping 507 230 Accessories/Options 20563 Legs, set of 4, 4 adjustable nickel plated alloy 2 Erik Circle Verdi, Nevada 89439 USA Tel. 775-689-5700 Fax Orders 800-356-5142 www.wellsbloomfi eld.com 2007 Wells Bloomfi eld Printed in the U.S.A. 07/07 No. 307037 (-) ECN-13129 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 108
Wells HDG-2430G Item#:55A MODELS WELLS MANUFACTURING HDG-2430G, HDG-3630G, HDG-4830G Wells Bloomfi eld 2 Erik Circle, P.O. Box 280, Verdi, Nevada 89439 U.S.A. U.S.A.: (775) 689-5700 (888) 356-5362 Main Fax (775) 689-5972 Canada: (877) 507-1700 (905) 507-1700 Fax (905) 507-1777 Export: (775) 689-5700 Fax (775) 689-5975 www.wellsbloomfield.com 2007 Wells Bloomfi eld Printed in the U.S.A. Maple 07/07 Street No. 307037 / Sam (-) ECN-13129 RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 109
Southbend P36-CM Item#:56 INFRARED CHEESE MELTER (RANGE MOUNT, WALL MOUNT AND COUNTERTOP) Standard Features - Largest Cooking Area - Total BTU s: 24-20,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 32-40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 36-40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 48-60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 60-60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) 72-80,000 BTU (NAT or LP) - Dual valve control for left and right operation - 90 second preheat time with no waiting between loads - Interpiping of gas connection to sectional range base (not available for Pass Thru (PT) model) - Stainless steel construction - Bright anneal removable crumb tray. (Platinum Only) - 5 position rack. - Mounts on flue riser or wall. Also available as a countertop unit. - 2-Year Warranty on Operations Parts - Chrome plated cooking racks - Pass Thru (PT) cheese melter is countertop or shelf mount only (shelf not included) P24-CM; P32-CM; P36-CM; P48-CM; P60-CM; P72-CM P32-CM-PT; P36-CM-PT; P48-CM-PT; P60-CM-PT; P72-CM-PT Model P36-CM Model P36-CM-PT with optional legs Job Item# STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS Exterior Finish: Constructed of 430 stainless steel #3 polish. Assembly: Double wall enforced sides and back. Removable broiler racks, constructed of.375 diameter welded steel chrome plated rod. 5 broiling positions. Controls: Independent dual valve controls to operate left and right burner field (except P24-CM). Heavy duty gas valves adjust gas flow with variable temperature adjustment between high and off. Broiler rack (5 position) can be raised or lowered for optimum broiling applications. OPTIONAL Mounting: Can be mounted to a flue riser or available as a wall mount or countertop unit. Countertop units standard with 4 high legs. Flue Riser: Heavy duty, reinforced flue riser and air insulated shield located on bottom of broiler to protect broiler from heat generated on range top. Broiler: Infrared cheese melter that can mount on the flue riser of a sectional and/or restuarant range, mount on the wall or used with 4 legs as a countertop unit. Available in natural or propane. P32-CM: Equiped with 4-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking cavity is 27 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 351 sq. in. cooking surface. P36-CM: Equiped with 4-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 40,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking Cavity is 31 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 403 sq. in. cooking surface. P48-CM: Equiped with 6-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking cavity is 43 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 559 sq. in. cooking surface. P60-CM: Equiped with 6-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 60,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking Cavity is 55 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 715 sq. in. cooking surface. P72-CM: Equiped with 8-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 80,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and dual valve control for left and right operation. Cooking cavity is 67 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 871 sq. in. cooking surface. P24-CM: Equiped with 2-10,000 BTU infrared burners - total 20,000 BTU (NAT or LP) and single valve control. Cooking cavity is 19 wide and 13 deep, with five adjustable positions. 247 sq. in. cooking surface. CM Rev 1 (04/07)) www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com Printed in USA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 110
Models: Southbend P36-CM Item#:56 P24-CM P32-CM P36-CM P48-CM P60-CM P72-CM P32-CM-PT P36-CM-PT P48-CM-PT P60-CM-PT P72-CM-PT MODEL WIDTH HEIGHT DEPTH WEIGHT P24-CM 24" (610) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 90 lbs (41 kg) P32-CM/ P32-CM-PT 32" (813) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 120 lbs (54 kg) P36-CM/ P36-CM-PT 36" (914) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 135 lbs (61 kg) P48-CM/ P48-CM-PT 48" (1219) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 175 lbs (79 kg) P60-CM/ P60-CM-PT 60" (1524) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 220 lbs (100 kg) P72-CM/ P72-CM-PT 72" (1829) 21.5" (546) 15.5" (394) 265 lbs (120 kg) The broiler and flue riser assembly is shown here mounted on a six-burner open top range with a convection oven base. UTILITY INFORMATION GAS: Required natural gas operating pressure is 4 W.C.Required propane gas operating pressure is 10 W.C. A pressure regulator is supplied with the unit. The required supply line size to regulator is 3/8 NPT. If using a Flex hose, the I.D. should not be smaller than the I.D. of the manifold of the unit it is being connected to. Rear gas inlet center line is located 2-3/4 from the bottom and 1-1/8 in from the right side as you face the unit. MODEL GAS (BTU/HR) NATURAL PROPANE P24-CM 20,000 20,000 P32-CM/ P32-CM-PT P36-CM/ P36-CM-PT P48-CM/ P48-CM-PT P60-CM/ P60-CM-PT P72-CM/ P72-CM-PT 40,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 80,000 80,000 MISCELLANEOUS - Minimum clearance from noncombustible construction is zero. Minimum clearance from combustible construction is 1 on sides and 3 on rear. - Check local codes for fire and sanitary regulations. NOTICE: Southbend has a policy of continuous product research and improvement. We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisions do not entitle the buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements for previously purchased equipment. OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES for P32-CM/P36-CM/P48-CM/P60-CM/P72-CM Only Range mount (specify riser size) 4 stainless steel legs for countertop use Wall mount with bracket Sloped encloser Additional rack OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES for P32-CM-PT/P36-CM-PT/P48-CM-PT/P60-CM-PT/P72-CM-PT Only 4 stainless steel legs for countertop use Additional rack CM Rev 1 (04/07) INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. NOT FOR HOUSEHOLD USE. www.yatesgd.com www.yatesgraphicdesign.com 1100 Old Honeycutt Road, Fuquay-Varina, NC 27526 (919) 762-1000 www.southbendnc.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 111
Wells HDCB-3630G Item#:57 WELLS MANUFACTURING GAS COUNTERTOP HEAVY DUTY CHAR BROILERS HDCB-1230G, HDCB-2430G, HDCB-3630G & HDCB-4830G (HDCB-2430G Shown) Accessories/Options 20563 Legs, set of 4, 4 adjustable nickel plated alloy 2 Erik Circle Verdi, Nevada 89439 USA Tel. 775-689-5700 Fax Orders 800-356-5142 www.wellsbloomfi eld.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated 2007 Wells Bloomfi eld Printed in the U.S.A. 07/07 No. 307157 (-) ECN- Page: 112
Wells HDCB-3630G Item#:57 MODELS WELLS MANUFACTURING HDCB-1230G, HDCB-2430G, HDCB-3630G, HDCB-4830G Wells Bloomfi eld 2 Erik Circle, P.O. Box 280, Verdi, Nevada 89439 U.S.A. U.S.A.: (775) 689-5700 (888) 356-5362 Main Fax (775) 689-5972 Canada: (877) 507-1700 (905) 507-1700 Fax (905) 507-1777 Export: (775) 689-5700 Fax (775) 689-5975 www.wellsbloomfield.com 2007 Wells Bloomfi eld Printed in the U.S.A. Maple 07/07 Street No. 307157 / Sam (-) ECN- RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 113
True Food Service Equipment TRCB-52-60 Item#:58 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TRCB-52-60 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Chef Base: Drawered Refrigerator Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Qty: AIA # SIS # TRCB-52-60 True s refrigerated chef bases are designed with enduring quality that protects your long term investment. Designed using the highest quality materials and components to provide the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. Oversized, environmentally friendly (134A) forced-air refrigeration system holds 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Cabinet top is one piece, heavy duty reinforced stainless steel. Drip resistant V edge protects against spills. Supports up to 717 lbs. (326 kg). All stainless steel front, top and sides. Matching aluminum finished back. Each drawer accommodates three (3) full size 12"L x 20"W x 4"D (305 mm x 508 mm x 102 mm) food pans (sold separately). Heavy-duty stainless steel drawer slides and rollers. Removable without tools for easy cleaning. Foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Drawers Cabinet Dimensions (inches) (mm) L D H* HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) TRCB-52-60 2 60 321/8 203/8 1/3 115/60/1 8.1 5-15P 7 370 1524 816 518 1/3 230-240/50/1 3.8 2.13 168 Depth does not include 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. * Height does not include 5" (127 mm) for castors or 6" (153 mm) for optional legs. Plug type varies by country. Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 8/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 114
True Food Service Equipment TRCB-52-60 Item#:58 Model: TRCB-52-60 Chef Base: Drawered Refrigerator Standard Features DESIGN True s commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration systems provides the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Oversized, factory balanced refrigeration system with guided airflow to provide uniform product temperatures. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains cabinet temperatures of 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C) for the best in food preservation. Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True chef base units a more efficient, low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures faster temperature recovery and shorter run times in the busiest of food service environments. Condensing unit accessed from behind side grill; slides out for easy maintenance. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - stainless steel front, top and sides. Matching aluminum finished back. Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor with coved corners. Insulation - entire cabinet structure and drawer facings are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). 4" (102 mm) diameter plate castors - locks provided on front set. Cabinet top is one piece, heavy duty reinforced 300 series stainless steel. Drip resistant V edge protects against spills. Supports up to 717 lbs. (326 kg). DRAWERS Stainless steel exterior drawer facings and liners. Stainless steel drawer frames. Each drawer fitted with 12" (305 mm) long recessed handle that is foamed-in-place with a sheet metal interlock to ensure permanent attachment. Heavy-duty stainless steel drawer slides and rollers. Removable without tools for easy cleaning. Magnetic drawer gaskets of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of cleaning. Each drawer accommodates three (3) full size 12"L x 20"W x 4"D (305 mm x 508 mm x 102 mm) food pans (sold separately). Drawers support a wide variety of incremental pan size configurations; each drawer standard with two (2) full length removable divider bars. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Exterior digital temperature display. NSF-7 compliant for open food product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS Counter-top cooking equipment should be used in conjunction with the manufacturer supplied legs. Minimum clearance of 4" (102 mm) is required between bottom of cooking equipment heating element and the TRCB top. Failure to provide clearance voids manufacturer warranty. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs (1 set of 4 leg mounting plates required). 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs (1 set of 4 leg mounting plates required). Heavy duty, 16 gauge top. Flat top (no marine edge). Additional size drawer divider bars. Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. Plan View WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TRCB-52-60 TFQY75E TFQY135S TFQY75P TFQY753 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 115
True Food Service Equipment TS-23F Item#:62 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TS-23F TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: TS Series: Reach-In Solid Swing Door Stainless Steel Freezer Qty: AIA # SIS # TS-23F True s TS series is the choice for the exclusive stainless steel commercial application. Designed using the highest quality materials and components to provide the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains -10 F (-23.3 C) cabinet temperatures. Ideally suited for both frozen foods and ice cream. Stainless steel interior and exterior front, sides and doors. The very finest stainless with higher tensile strength for fewer dents and scratches. Matching aluminum back. Adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated shelves. Positive seal self-closing door(s). Lifetime guaranteed door hinges and torsion type closure system. Automatic defrost system timeinitiated, temperature-terminated. Saves energy consumption and provides shortest possible defrost cycle. Bottom mounted units feature: No stoop lower shelf. Storage on top of cabinet. Compressor performs in coolest, most grease free area of kitchen. Easily accessible condenser coil for cleaning. Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Doors Shelves Cabinet Dimensions (inches) (mm) L D H* HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) TS-23F 1 3 27 291/2 783/8 1/3 115/60/1 7.2 5-15P 9 310 686 750 1991 1/2 230-240/50/1 5.5 2.74 141 Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) * Height does not include 5" (127 mm) for castors or 6" (153 mm) for optional legs. Plug type varies by country. TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 7/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 116
True Food Service Equipment TS-23F Item#:62 Model: TS-23F TS Series: Reach-In Solid Swing Door Stainless Steel Freezer Standard Features DESIGN True s solid door reach-in s are designed with enduring quality that protects your long term investment. True s commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration systems provides the user with colder product temperatures, lower utility costs, exceptional food safety and the best value in today s food service marketplace. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) R404A refrigerant. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains -10 F (-23.3 C). Ideal for both frozen foods and ice cream. Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True reachin s a more efficient, low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures faster temperature recovery and shorter run times in the busiest of food service environments. Bottom mounted condensing unit positioned for easy maintenance. Compressor runs in coolest and most grease free area of the kitchen. Allows for storage area on top of unit. Automatic defrost system time-initiated, temperature-terminated. Saves energy consumption and provides shortest possible defrost cycle. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - Stainless steel door, front and sides. Matching aluminum back. Interior - Stainless steel liner and floor. Plan View Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Welded, heavy duty steel frame rail, black powder coated for corrosion protection. Frame rail fitted with 4" (102 mm) diameter stem castors - locks provided on front set. DOOR Stainless steel exterior and liner. Door extend full width of cabinet shell. Door lock standard. Lifetime guaranteed recessed door handle. Door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long recessed handle that is foamed-in-place with a sheet metal interlock to ensure permanent attachment. Positive seal self-closing door. Lifetime guaranteed door hinges and torsion type closure system. Magnetic door gasket of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of cleaning. SHELVING Three (3) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 22 7/8"L x 23 1/4"D (582 mm x 591 mm). Four (4) chrome plated shelf clips included per shelf. Aluminum shelf support pilasters. Shelves are adjustable on 1/2" (13 mm) increments. LIGHTING Incandescent interior lighting -safety shielded. Lights activated by rocker switch mounted above door. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Exterior solar, digital temperature display. Rear airflow guards prevent product from blocking optimal airflow. NSF-7 compliant for open food product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs. 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs. Alternate door hinging (factory installed). Novelty baskets. Additional shelves. Half door bun tray racks. Each holds up to eleven 18"L x 26"D (458 mm x 661 mm) sheet pans (sold separately) (airflow guards need to be removed). Full door bun tray rack. Holds up to twenty-two 18"L x 26"D (458 mm x 661 mm) sheet pans (sold separately) (airflow guards need to be removed). Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and laborand an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TS-23F TFEY03E TFEY03S TFEY03P TFEY033 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 117
Win-Holt Equipment Group WL-16/CB Item#:63 Employee Lockers ITEM NO. QUANTITY NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. FEATURES & BENEFITS: Employee lockers provide a safe storage place for their personal things when working. Mesh grid doors are a standard security feature allowing managers to see what is being stored in the lockers while also allowing ventilation to the lockers. 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 door models available. 1 door lockers are used in environments where full length clothes are stored, an inside shelf is included for storage of books, hats, lunches, and other personal belongings. 2 door lockers allow double the number of storage units and are great for environments where jackets are worn for work. 5 door and 6 door lockers are space savings models where storage space is a premium. Available in single column or three column configurations. 3 column configurations allow for easier installation. Depths of 12, 15, and 18 available on various lockers. Door catch has padlock hasp to add a lock (provided by others). Enclosed bases standard at no additional charge and help reduce dirt, dust, and debris from getting under lockers. Standard color is beige, additional colors available upon request. Lockers ship fully assembled. 1 Column 3 Column Horizontal Wall Locker Employee Lockers 141 Eileen Way Syosset, NY 11791 Tel: 1-800-444-3595 Fax: 516-222-0371 www.winholt.com sales@winholt.com PENNSYLVANIA GEORGIA TEXAS CALIFORNIA Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 118
Win-Holt Equipment Group WL-16/CB Item#:63 ITEM NO. JOB NO. SPEC NO. Employee Lockers LOCKER ACCESSORIES 1 Door 2 Door 5 Door 6 Door 16 Door SLOPE TOP Employee Lockers Dimensions Approximate Model # Ship Weight Number Order # Doors Width Depth Height (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) 1 Door, 1 Column WL-11 156208 1 12 305 12 305 78 1981 49 22 WL-11/15 163838 1 12 305 15 381 78 1981 57 26 1 Door,3 Column WL-3 152856 3 36 914 12 305 78 1981 148 67 WL-3/15 163820 3 36 914 15 381 78 1981 150 68 2 Door, 1 Column WL-21 156216 2 12 305 15 381 78 1981 52 24 WL-21/15 163846 2 12 305 15 381 78 1981 56 25 2 Door, 3 Column WL-6 152864 6 36 914 12 381 78 1981 156 71 WL-6/15 163942 6 36 914 15 381 78 1981 160 73 4 Door, Horizontal Wall Mount Locker WL-4 156099 4 48 1219 18 457 13 5/8 346 40 18 5 Door, 1 Column WL-55 626433 5 12 305 12 305 66 1676 49 22 6 Door, 1 Column WL-66 156195 6 12 305 12 305 78 1981 54 24 WL-66/15 163862 6 12 305 15 381 78 1981 66 30 WL-66/18 163918 6 12 305 18 457 78 1981 78 36 6 Door, 3 Column WL-618 130358 18 36 914 12 305 78 1981 190 86 WL-618/15 163854 18 36 914 15 381 78 1981 198 90 WL-618/18 163900 18 36 914 18 457 78 1981 234 108 16 Door WL-16/CB 138253 16 72 1828 18 457 78 1981 170 77 BOXED BASES Model Number Model Number WL-BB12 WL-BB15 WL-BB18 Item Description LOCKER NUMBERS Depth Description Approx. Ship Weight (in) (mm) (lb) (kg) WLST-12 Fits 3 Columns Wide. Includes: 3 Slope Tops, 12 305 5 2 WLST-15 3 Back Supports, 2 15 381 15 3 End Pieces Replacement Box Base For 12" Depth Replacement Box Base For 15" Depth Replacement Box Base For 18" Depth Locker number labels are supplied one-up, consecutively. The first locker is numbered at the factory and the other number tags are shipped inside that locker. Special numbering sequences are available at no extra charge. Include the required numbering with your order. Win-Holt Equipment is a leading manufacturer of material & food handling equipment. Since 1946, retailers and restaurant chains have trusted Win-Holt s equipment to ensure increased productivity and efficiency in their operation. Multiple locations reduce logistics and transportation costs. All Win-Holt associates are dedicated to customer satisfaction. For general sales and engineering information only. All units are subject to change without notice. Please consult factory for certified specifications. 141 Eileen Way Syosset, NY 11791 Tel: 1-800-444-3595 Fax: 516-222-0371 www.winholt.com sales@winholt.com P E N N S Y L V A N I A G E O R G I A T E X A S C A L I F O R N I A Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 119 INRK- 072007-2500
Nor-Lake HP6A-LX Item#:65 NOR-LAKE, INCORPORATED 800-955-5253 727 Second Street 715-386-2323 P.O. Box 248 800-388-5253 Parts Hudson, Wisconsin 54016 715-386-6149 FAX www.norlake.com HEATER/PROOFER CABINET SPECIFICATIONS FOR: HP6A-LX Application: Multi-purpose design provides heat for holding as well as heat and humidity for proofing. Also serves as a mobile heated transport cabinet. Construction: 14 gauge aluminum body and 14 gauge galvanized caster base, non-insulated, adjustable damper, removable louvered, back mounted vent stack for even heat distribution. Hardware: Polycarbonate door, 270º door swing, hinged right, field reversible, with positive latch handle. (4) 5 standard duty swivel-plate casters with modulus wheels, factory mounted (2 with brakes). Electrical: 2000 watt heating unit, 120v, 60 Hz, supplied with cordset having NEMA 5-20 amp plug. 12 hour timer for proofing mode. Thermostat Range: Heating: 80º F 185º F Proofing: 80º F - 135º F Ledge Load: (Max): 30 lbs per ledge. Ledge Spacing: Standard ledge spacing: 3 Ledge spacing can also be adjusted to 3 ¾, 4 ½, 5 ¼, 6 and 6 ¾ without additional ledges. 17 sets of universal angle ledges standard. Pan Accommodations: 18 x 26 Bun Pan (end loading) 13 x 18 or 12 x 20 Hotel pan (side loading) Pan/Tray. Approvals: UL listed. C-UL listed. UL Sanitation Listed. PROJECT: ITEM NUMBER: MODEL NUMBER: HEATER/PROOFER CABINET STANDARD FEATURES 12 hour timer for proofing mode For use with or without water Condensation drip trough, removable for cleaning Adjustable damper Removable louvered, back mounted vent stack for even heat distribution Polycarbonate door WARRANTY 1 year parts 12 month labor OPTIONS Additional ledges for 1 1/2 spacing (18 sets) * C-UL is Underwriters Laboratories Safety Certification Mark which indicates that UL has tested the equipment to applicable CSA Standards. * UL Sanitation is Underwriters Laboratories Sanitation Mark which indicates that UL has tested the equipment to applicable NSF Standards. Nor-Lake, Inc. Registered to ISO 9001:2000 File No. A3204 SPECIFICATION GUIDE Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 120
Nor-Lake HP6A-LX Item#:65 HP6A-LX Crated Height 75 Crated Width 29 Crated Depth 35 Crated Weight (lbs) 180 Overall Height 71 3/4 Overall Width 26 3/4 Overall Depth 32 1/4 Gross Cubage (ft.3) 44 Number of Casters 4 Electrical Characteristics 115/60/1 Cord & Plug Funished Yes Maximum Fuse Size 20 NEMA Plug Configuration 5-20P Total Amp Draw 17 SPECIFICATIONS Specifications subject to change without notice FRONT SIDE Revision Date: 8/07 2006 NOR-LAKE, INC. Printed in the U.S.A. Part Number: 132896 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 121
Krowne Metal KR18-GS24 Item#:71 Royal Drainboards 1800 or 2100 Series Available (see reverse) Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Drainboard: 20 gauge 304 series embossed stainless steel reinforced with welded braces every 6 inches. 3/4" radius on all vertical and horizontal edges. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvaneal. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Sides: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Plumbing: 1" IPS drain connection. Royal Series Accessories Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Single Speedrail Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Double Speedrail Cap Catcher and Opener Corner Returns (specify left or right) Side Splash (specify left or right) 4" x 4" cutout with chase for beer lines 3/4" x 3 1/2" cutout in backsplash for soda lines (1800) 1/2" x 4 1/2" cutout in backsplash for soda lines (2100) Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.24 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 122
Krowne Metal KR18-GS24 Item#:71 Royal Drainboards Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: 1800 Series Model Length Left Side Depth Back Side Weight Numbers to Drain to Drain lbs. A B C D KR18-GS12 1'-0" 6" 19" 9 1/2" 38 KR18-GS12D 1'-0" 6" 24" 11 1/2" 43 KR18-GS18 1'-6" 14" 19" 9 1/2" 44 KR18-GS18D 1'-6" 14" 24" 11 1/2" 49 KR18-GS24 2'-0" 20" 19" 9 1/2" 50 KR18-GS24D 2'-0" 20" 24" 11 1/2" 55 KR18-GS30 2'-6" 26" 19" 9 1/2" 56 KR18-GS30D 2'-6" 26" 24" 11 1/2" 61 KR18-GS36 3'-0" 32" 19" 9 1/2" 62 KR18-GS36D 3'-0" 32" 24" 11 1/2" 67 KR18-GS42 3'-6" 21" 19" 9 1/2" 68 KR18-GS42D 3'-6" 21" 24" 11 1/2" 73 KR18-GS48 4'-0" 24" 19" 9 1/2" 74 KR18-GS48D 4'-0" 24" 24" 11 1/2" 79 Note: Letter D at the end of the Model Number indicates Deep Style. 2100 Series Model Length Left Side Depth Back Side Weight Numbers to Drain to Drain lbs. A B C D KR21-GS12 1'-0" 6" 21" 12 1/2" 38 KR21-GS12D 1'-0" 6" 26" 14 1/2" 43 KR21-GS18 1'-6" 14" 21" 12 1/2" 44 KR21-GS18D 1'-6" 14" 26" 14 1/2" 49 KR21-GS24 2'-0" 20" 21" 12 1/2" 50 KR21-GS24D 2'-0" 20" 26" 14 1/2" 55 KR21-GS30 2'-6" 26" 21" 12 1/2" 56 KR21-GS30D 2'-6" 26" 26" 14 1/2" 61 KR21-GS36 3'-0" 32" 21" 12 1/2" 62 KR21-GS36D 3'-0" 32" 26" 14 1/2" 67 KR21-GS42 3'-6" 21" 21" 12 1/2" 68 KR21-GS42D 3'-6" 21" 26" 14 1/2" 73 KR21-GS48 4'-0" 24" 21" 12 1/2" 74 KR21-GS48D 4'-0" 24" 26" 14 1/2" 79 Note: Letter D at the end of the Model Number indicates Deep Style. 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1" IPS Drain Connection. Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 123
Krowne Metal RS-30 Item#:71 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Single Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Bottom: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Sides: 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Royal Series Double Accessories Locking Cover Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.30 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 124
Krowne Metal RS-30 Item#:71 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Single A A 5" 9" 4-1/2" 5" 9" Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A RS-12 1'-0" 4 RS-18 1'-6" 5 RS-24 2'-0" 7 RS-30 2'-6" 10 RS-36 3'-0" 12 RS-42 3'-6" 18 RS-48 4'-0" 22 RS-54 4'-6" 26 RS-60 5'-0" 30 RS-66 5'-6" 34 RS-72 6'-0" 38 RS-78 6'-6" 42 RS-84 7'-0" 46 RS-90 7'-6" 50 RS-96 8'-0" 54 Double A Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A A 10" 9" 4-1/2" 10" 2" 9" RD-12 1'-0" 8 RD-18 1'-6" 10 RD-24 2'-0" 14 RD-30 2'-6" 20 RD-36 3'-0" 24 RD-42 3'-6" 36 RD-48 4'-0" 44 RD-54 4'-6" 52 RD-60 5'-0" 60 RD-66 5'-6" 68 RD-72 6'-0" 72 RD-78 6'-6" 84 RD-84 7'-0" 92 RD-90 7'-6" 100 RD-96 8'-0" 108 02/05 Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 125
Krowne Metal KR18-GS30 Item#:71,82 Royal Drainboards 1800 or 2100 Series Available (see reverse) Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Drainboard: 20 gauge 304 series embossed stainless steel reinforced with welded braces every 6 inches. 3/4" radius on all vertical and horizontal edges. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvaneal. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Sides: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Plumbing: 1" IPS drain connection. Royal Series Accessories Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Single Speedrail Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Double Speedrail Cap Catcher and Opener Corner Returns (specify left or right) Side Splash (specify left or right) 4" x 4" cutout with chase for beer lines 3/4" x 3 1/2" cutout in backsplash for soda lines (1800) 1/2" x 4 1/2" cutout in backsplash for soda lines (2100) Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.24 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 126
Krowne Metal KR18-GS30 Item#:71,82 Royal Drainboards Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: 1800 Series Model Length Left Side Depth Back Side Weight Numbers to Drain to Drain lbs. A B C D KR18-GS12 1'-0" 6" 19" 9 1/2" 38 KR18-GS12D 1'-0" 6" 24" 11 1/2" 43 KR18-GS18 1'-6" 14" 19" 9 1/2" 44 KR18-GS18D 1'-6" 14" 24" 11 1/2" 49 KR18-GS24 2'-0" 20" 19" 9 1/2" 50 KR18-GS24D 2'-0" 20" 24" 11 1/2" 55 KR18-GS30 2'-6" 26" 19" 9 1/2" 56 KR18-GS30D 2'-6" 26" 24" 11 1/2" 61 KR18-GS36 3'-0" 32" 19" 9 1/2" 62 KR18-GS36D 3'-0" 32" 24" 11 1/2" 67 KR18-GS42 3'-6" 21" 19" 9 1/2" 68 KR18-GS42D 3'-6" 21" 24" 11 1/2" 73 KR18-GS48 4'-0" 24" 19" 9 1/2" 74 KR18-GS48D 4'-0" 24" 24" 11 1/2" 79 Note: Letter D at the end of the Model Number indicates Deep Style. 2100 Series Model Length Left Side Depth Back Side Weight Numbers to Drain to Drain lbs. A B C D KR21-GS12 1'-0" 6" 21" 12 1/2" 38 KR21-GS12D 1'-0" 6" 26" 14 1/2" 43 KR21-GS18 1'-6" 14" 21" 12 1/2" 44 KR21-GS18D 1'-6" 14" 26" 14 1/2" 49 KR21-GS24 2'-0" 20" 21" 12 1/2" 50 KR21-GS24D 2'-0" 20" 26" 14 1/2" 55 KR21-GS30 2'-6" 26" 21" 12 1/2" 56 KR21-GS30D 2'-6" 26" 26" 14 1/2" 61 KR21-GS36 3'-0" 32" 21" 12 1/2" 62 KR21-GS36D 3'-0" 32" 26" 14 1/2" 67 KR21-GS42 3'-6" 21" 21" 12 1/2" 68 KR21-GS42D 3'-6" 21" 26" 14 1/2" 73 KR21-GS48 4'-0" 24" 21" 12 1/2" 74 KR21-GS48D 4'-0" 24" 26" 14 1/2" 79 Note: Letter D at the end of the Model Number indicates Deep Style. 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1" IPS Drain Connection. Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 127
Krowne Metal RS-30 Item#:71,82 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Single Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Bottom: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Sides: 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Royal Series Double Accessories Locking Cover Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.30 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 128
Krowne Metal RS-30 Item#:71,82 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Single A A 5" 9" 4-1/2" 5" 9" Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A RS-12 1'-0" 4 RS-18 1'-6" 5 RS-24 2'-0" 7 RS-30 2'-6" 10 RS-36 3'-0" 12 RS-42 3'-6" 18 RS-48 4'-0" 22 RS-54 4'-6" 26 RS-60 5'-0" 30 RS-66 5'-6" 34 RS-72 6'-0" 38 RS-78 6'-6" 42 RS-84 7'-0" 46 RS-90 7'-6" 50 RS-96 8'-0" 54 Double A Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A A 10" 9" 4-1/2" 10" 2" 9" RD-12 1'-0" 8 RD-18 1'-6" 10 RD-24 2'-0" 14 RD-30 2'-6" 20 RD-36 3'-0" 24 RD-42 3'-6" 36 RD-48 4'-0" 44 RD-54 4'-6" 52 RD-60 5'-0" 60 RD-66 5'-6" 68 RD-72 6'-0" 72 RD-78 6'-6" 84 RD-84 7'-0" 92 RD-90 7'-6" 100 RD-96 8'-0" 108 02/05 Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 129
Krowne Metal KR18-18ST Item#:72 Soap and Towel Accessories Basic 1800 or 2100 Series Available (see reverse) Side Splash (specify Left or Right) Towel Ring (Basic Style Only) Perforated Basket (Basic Style Only) Royal Hand Sinks Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Sink Bowl: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel 10" x 14" x 6" deep. Furnished with 1 1/2" IPS centered drain. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvaneal. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Sides: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Faucet: Royal Series 4" center wall or deck mount faucet with cartridge valves. (1800 Series-wall mount, 2100 Series-deck mount) Plumbing: 1/2" IPS hot and cold water. 1 1/2" IPS drain connection. Royal Series Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.26 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 130
Krowne Metal KR18-18ST Item#:72 Royal Hand Sinks Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: 1800 Series Soap and Towel Model Overall Depth Left Side Weight Numbers Length to Drain lbs. A B C KR18-12DST 1'-0" 24" 6" 60 KR18-18DST 1'-6" 24" 9" 60 KR18-18ST 1'-6" 19" 9" 60 KR18-18WST 1'-6" 19" 9" 49 Basic Model Overall Left Side Weight Numbers Length to Drain lbs. KR18-1C 1'-0" 6" 42 2100 Series Soap and Towel Model Overall Depth Left Side Weight Numbers Length to Drain lbs. A B C KR21-12DST 1'-0" 26" 6" 60 KR21-18DST 1'-6" 26" 9" 60 KR21-18ST 1'-6" 21" 9" 60 Basic Model Overall Left Side Weight Numbers Length to Drain lbs. KR21-1C 1'-0" 6" 42 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1/2" IPS Hot and Cold Connection 1 1/2" IPS Drain Connection Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 131
Champion CG Item#:73 Standard Features New 12" glass clearance accepts taller stemware New internal upper drain screen for improved filtration and ease of cleaning NEW Self flushing wash chamber reduces maintenance Reduced water usage Improved shut off mechanism Three pump injection system for precise chemical dispensing Upper and lower wash and rinse arms produce sparkling clean glasses every time Double walled construction for quieter operation. Cool final rinse water provides a cool glass ready for immediate use An off-the-floor shelf provides storage for three, 1-gallon containers Polypropylene conveyor virtually eliminates chipping of fine stemware Project Item No. Quantity cg Rotary Type Series Fully Automatic Glasswashing Machine CG glasswasher CH010 Options & Accessories (1M) 1/08 Drain tray and waste collector (CG-71) Casters; set of four 2 locking, 2 regular Hand sink and wet waste receiver (CG46C) Wash down hose Printed in U.S.A. specifier statement Specified unit will be Champion model CG Rotary Type, fully automatic glasswasher. Unit will have detergent pump, sanitizer pump and rinse aid pump, standard upper and lower wash/rinse arms, wash tank heater, cold water final rinse, polypropylene conveyor, splash curtains, double-walled construction, storage space for three 1-gallon containers. 1 year parts warranty. 90 day labor. Drain tray purchased with machine extends labor warranty to 1 year. Champion Industries, Inc. P. O. Box 4149, Winston-Salem, NC 27115 Tel: 336/661-1556 Fax: 336/661-1979 www.championindustries.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 132
Champion CG Item#:73 cg glasswasher CG Rotary Type Series Fully Automatic Glasswashing Machine 25" [635] 12" [305] Vertical Clearance Dimensions shown in inches and [millimeters] 17-3/4" [451] 7-3/4" [197] 3 2 1 25-1/4" [641] 6-1/4" [156] 6-1/4" [156] 39" [991] 39" [991] 6-1/4" [159] 2-1/2" [64] 3 2 1 1 2 4-3/4" [121] 5-1/2" [140] 3 6-1/4" [156] Plan View Front View 7-3/4" [197] 12-1/2" [318] Side View Utilities *Electrical 208-230/60/1, 15 amp 1 Hot water 1/2" IPS. Flow pressure 25-95 psi 2 Cold water 1/2" IPS. Flow pressure 25-95 psi 3 Drain 1-1/2" tailpiece. Connect to drain size according to local plumbing code. Uncrated Crated Height 39" 46-1/2" Width 25-1/4" 27" Depth 26" 27-1/2" Ship Wt. lbs/kg 156 176 * Adjustable foot height - 1-1/4" * NOTE: CG models supplied with 6 ft. plug-in cord (NEMA 6-15P). Warning: Plumbing and electrical connections should be made by qualified personnel who will observe all the applicable plumbing, sanitary and safety codes. SPECIFICATIONS Capacity (hr.) 2-1/2" glasses/hr. 1200 Conveyor Movement CG Water consumption Cold Water (approx.) Hot Water (initial fill) (Max. use approx. 10 gph) Clockwise 2.5 gpm 3 gpm Temperatures F Inlet water (hot) 140-160 Inlet water (cold) 75 Heating Tank heat, electric, (kw) 3 Clearance Through machine (inches) 12 Due to an ongoing value analysis program at Champion, specifications contained in this catalog are subject to change without notice. Champion Industries, Inc., P. O. Box 4149, Winston-Salem, NC 27115 336/661-1556 Fax: 336/661-1979 www.championindustries.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 133
Krowne Metal KR18-14BD Item#:76,83 Royal Blender Stations Dump Sink Accessories Towel Ring Side Splash (specify left or right) Perforated Basket Flat Top 1800 or 2100 Series Available (see reverse) Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Dump Sink: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel with a 1 1/2" drain located in center. 6" deep. Top (Flat Top): 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Sides: 18 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Blender Shelf: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Electrical: Duplex outlet located underneath. Plumbing: 1/2" IPS cold water. 1" IPS drain connection. Royal Series Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.14 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 134
Krowne Metal KR18-14BD Item#:76,83 Royal Blender Stations Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Dump Sink 1800 Series Flat Top Model Length Left Side Depth Dump Sink Weight Numbers to Drain Size lbs. A B KR18-12BD 1'-0" 6" 24" 10" x 12" x 6" 43 KR18-14BD 1'-2" 7" 24" 10" x 12" x 6" 48 KR18-18BD 1'-6" 9" 24" 10" x 14" x 6" 53 Model Overall Depth Weight Numbers Length lbs. A KR18-12BF 1'-0" 24" 39 KR18-14BF 1'-2" 24" 43 KR18-18BF 1'-6" 24" 48 Dump Sink 2100 Series Model Length Left Side Depth Dump Sink Weight Numbers to Drain Size lbs. A B KR21-12BD 1'-0" 6" 24" 10" x 12" x 6" 43 KR21-14BD 1'-2" 7" 24" 10" x 12" x 6" 48 KR21-18BD 1'-6" 9" 24" 10" x 14" x 6" 53 Flat Top Model Overall Depth Weight Numbers Length lbs. A KR21-12BF 1'-0" 26" 39 KR21-14BF 1'-2" 26" 43 KR21-18BF 1'-6" 26" 48 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1/2" IPS hot and cold water 1 1/2" IPS drain connection Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 135
Vita-Mix 5085 Item#:77 Barboss Advance The Ultimate Blender For Every Beverage Program Whether preparing blended drinks, simple syrups or purées for cocktail bases, the BarBoss Advance is an essential tool for adding or expanding a beverage program. Smart Product Design 6 optimized programs and automatic shut-off means you can turn it on, walk away, and consistently blend beverages Pulse control quickly refreshes drinks for efficiency Advance container creates faster, smoother pouring and has a longer blade life resulting in time and cost savings along with improved customer experience Advanced motor is designed to resist overheating when blending extra-thick ingredients resulting in cooler operation and enhanced reliability during peak hours of operation La mejor licuadora para cada programa de bebidas Ya sea para preparar bebidas, jarabes simples o purés para bases de cocktails, la BarBoss Advance es una herramienta esencial para aumentar o expandir un programa de bebidas. Diseño inteligente de producto Los 6 programas optimizados y el cierre automático le permiten encenderla, alejarse y mezclar las bebidas de una forma consistente El control pulsador renueva rápidamente las bebidas con eficiencia El recipiente Advance permite servir más rápida y suavemente, además de contar con cuchillas de mayor vida útil, lo que permite ahorrar tiempo y dinero, a la vez que se brinda una mejor experiencia para el cliente El motor avanzado fue diseñado para resistir al recalentamiento cuando se mezclan ingredientes altamente densos, lo que permite un funcionamiento a menor temperatura y una mayor confiabilidad durante la operación en horas pico www.vitamix.com/foodservice Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 136
Vita-Mix 5085 Item#:77 Product Specifications / Especificaciones del producto BarBoss Advance #5085 Motor: 2 peak output horsepower motor Electrical: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 11.5 A Pack: Includes BarBoss Advance with 32 oz. high-impact, clear/stackable Advance container, complete with Advance blade assembly and lid, and red base. Net Weight: 12.2 lb. (13.8 lb. with box) Dimensions: 17.7 x 8.0 x 9.0 in. (H x W x D) Made in the U.S.A. with a minimum of 70% U.S.A. content. FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLY. Warranty: In the U.S.A. and Canada, the BarBoss Advance is backed by a three-year limited warranty on motor base parts and a one-year limited warranty on parts and labor on the full unit. For more information regarding this warranty, please call +1.440.235.0214 for customer service. BarBoss Advance #5085 Motor: Motor de 2 caballos de potencia máxima de salida Sistema eléctrico: 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 11,5 A Embalaje: Incluye BarBoss Advance con recipiente Advance de 0,9 L transparente y apilable, altamente resistente a impactos, completo con juego de láminas Advance y tapa, y base roja. Peso neto: 5,9 kg (6,3 kg con la caja) Dimensiones: 44,9 x 20,3 x 22,9 cm (H x A x P) Hecho en Estados Unidos con un mínimo de 70% de contenidos de Estados Unidos. SOLAMENTE PARA USO COMERCIAL. Garantía: En EE. UU. y Canadá, BarBoss Advance está respaldado por una garantía limitada de tres años sobre las piezas básicas del motor y por una garantía limitada de un año sobre las piezas y mano de obra de toda la unidad. Para obtener mayor información con respecto a esta garantía, por favor contáctese con el servicio de atención al cliente llamando al +1.440.235.0214. Also Available / También disponible Unit is available in international voltages, please contact Vitamix international customer service for information. La unidad está disponible en voltajes internacionales, por favor, entre en contacto con el servicio de atención al cliente de Vitamix para obtener informaciones. 44,9 cm 17.7 in. Additional containers / recipientes adicionales: Complete with blade assembly and lid. Completo con juego de láminas y tapa. 15981: 32 oz. Advance container / 0,9 L recipiente Advance 15640: 32 oz. compact container / 0,9 L recipiente compacto 18,3 cm 7.2 in. 15606: software kit for customized programming. Software para programación personalizada. 20,3 cm 8.0 in. 22,9 cm 9.0 in. 60,3 cm 23.8 in. Where applicable / Cuando fuera aplicable: Contact Information / Informaciones para contacto U.S.A., Canada & Latin America: Tel: 800.4DRINK4 or 440.235.0214 E-mail: foodservice@vitamix.com Outside of U.S.A., Canada & Latin America: Tel: +1.440.782.2450 E-mail: international@vitamix.com www.vitamix.com/foodservice Vita-Mix Corporation 8615 Usher Road Cleveland, OH 44138-2103 U.S.A. For more information, contact your local foodservice distributor. Por más informaciones, entre en contacto con su distribuidor local de servicios alimenticios 2010 Vita-Mix Corporation 102635 06/10 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 137
Krowne Metal KR18-24DP-8 Item#:78 Royal Ice Bins 1800 or 2100 Series Available (see reverse) Accessories Eight Circuit Cold Plate Ten Circuit Cold Plate Upgrade Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Single Speedrail Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Double Speedrail Stainless steel sliding cover Condiment Tray Stainless Steel Divider Towel Ring Side Splash (specify left or right) Cap Catcher and Opener Perforated Bottom (units without cold plates only) Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Cold Plate (optional): Cast aluminum plate with eight circuits. Plate is sealed into bottom. Each circuit is 5/16" O.D. stainless steel tubing. Two full with remainder to be half circuits. Bump and swedge fittings on ends. Tubing Access: 3/4" x 3.5" cutout in left side of backsplash on cold plate unit (1800 series). 1/2" x 4.3" cutout in left side of backsplash on cold plate units (2100 series). Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Interior: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel, 12" or 15" deep. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvaneal. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Sides: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Insulation: Foam in place polyurethene. Plumbing: 1/2" IPS drain connection with cold plate. 1" IPS drain connection without cold plate. Note: Cold Plate Unit supplied with 1/2" x4" threaded PVC pipe. Royal Series Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.6 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 138
Krowne Metal KR18-24DP-8 Item#:78 Royal Ice Bins Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: 1800 Series Model Length Left Side Interior Inside Outside Ice Cold Weight Numbers to Drain Dimension Depth Depth Capacity Plate lbs A B C D E lbs Circuits KR18-6 0'-6" 3" 15" x 4" 10" 11 1/2" 0 n/a 40 KR18-12 1'-0" 6" 15" x 10" 10" 11 1/2" 0 n/a 43 KR18-24 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 12" 13 1/2" 80 n/a 60 KR18-30 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 12" 13 1/2" 97 n/a 80 KR18-36 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 12" 13 1/2" 115 n/a 95 KR18-42 3'-6" 21" 15" x 40" 12" 13 1/2" 135 n/a 115 KR18-48 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 12" 13 1/2" 160 n/a 130 KR18-24-8 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 12" 16 1/2" 80 8 166 KR18-30-8 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 12" 16 1/2" 97 8 185 KR18-36-8 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 12" 16 1/2" 115 8 199 KR18-42-8 3'-6" 21" 15" x 40" 12" 16 1/2" 135 8 235 KR18-48-8 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 12" 16 1/2" 160 8 249 KR18-24DP 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 15" 16 1/2" 100 n/a 75 KR18-30DP 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 15" 16 1/2" 120 n/a 100 KR18-36DP 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 15" 16 1/2" 138 n/a 125 KR18-48DP 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 15" 16 1/2" 178 n/a 216 KR18-24DP-8 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 15" 19 1/2" 100 8 188 KR18-30DP-8 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 15" 19 1/2" 120 8 225 KR18-36DP-8 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 15" 19 1/2" 138 8 270 KR18-48DP-8 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 15" 19 1/2" 178 8 296 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1" IPS Drain Connection without Cold Plate. 1/2" IPS Drain Connection with Cold Plate. 2100 Series Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Model Length Left Side Interior Inside Outside Ice Cold Weight Numbers to Drain Dimension Depth Depth Capacity Plate lbs A B C D E lbs Circuits KR21-6 0'-6" 3" 15" x 4" 10" 11 1/2" 0 n/a 40 KR21-12 1'-0" 6" 15" x 10" 10" 11 1/2" 0 n/a 43 KR21-24 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 12" 13 1/2" 80 n/a 60 KR21-30 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 12" 13 1/2" 97 n/a 80 KR21-36 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 12" 13 1/2" 115 n/a 95 KR21-42 3'-6" 21" 15" x 40" 12" 13 1/2" 135 n/a 115 KR21-48 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 12" 13 1/2" 160 n/a 130 KR21-24-8 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 12" 16 1/2" 80 8 166 KR21-30-8 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 12" 16 1/2" 97 8 185 KR21-36-8 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 12" 16 1/2" 115 8 199 KR21-42-8 3'-6" 21" 15" x 40" 12" 16 1/2" 135 8 235 KR21-48-8 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 12" 16 1/2" 160 8 249 KR21-24DP 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 15" 16 1/2" 100 n/a 75 KR21-30DP 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 15" 16 1/2" 120 n/a 100 KR21-36DP 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 15" 16 1/2" 138 n/a 125 KR21-48DP 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 15" 16 1/2" 178 n/a 216 KR21-24DP-8 2'-0" 12" 15" x 22" 15" 19 1/2" 100 8 188 KR21-30DP-8 2'-6" 15" 15" x 28" 15" 19 1/2" 120 8 225 KR21-36DP-8 3'-0" 18" 15" x 34" 15" 19 1/2" 138 8 270 KR21-48DP-8 4'-0" 24" 15" x 46" 15" 19 1/2" 178 8 296 Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 139
Krowne Metal RS-24 Item#:78 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Single Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Bottom: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Sides: 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Royal Series Double Accessories Locking Cover Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.30 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 140
Krowne Metal RS-24 Item#:78 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Single A A 5" 9" 4-1/2" 5" 9" Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A RS-12 1'-0" 4 RS-18 1'-6" 5 RS-24 2'-0" 7 RS-30 2'-6" 10 RS-36 3'-0" 12 RS-42 3'-6" 18 RS-48 4'-0" 22 RS-54 4'-6" 26 RS-60 5'-0" 30 RS-66 5'-6" 34 RS-72 6'-0" 38 RS-78 6'-6" 42 RS-84 7'-0" 46 RS-90 7'-6" 50 RS-96 8'-0" 54 Double A Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A A 10" 9" 4-1/2" 10" 2" 9" RD-12 1'-0" 8 RD-18 1'-6" 10 RD-24 2'-0" 14 RD-30 2'-6" 20 RD-36 3'-0" 24 RD-42 3'-6" 36 RD-48 4'-0" 44 RD-54 4'-6" 52 RD-60 5'-0" 60 RD-66 5'-6" 68 RD-72 6'-0" 72 RD-78 6'-6" 84 RD-84 7'-0" 92 RD-90 7'-6" 100 RD-96 8'-0" 108 02/05 Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 141
Krowne Metal KRPT-2436-8 Item#:79 Pass Thru Beer Bin Accessories Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Single Speedrail Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Double Speedrail Towel Ring Stainless Steel Divider Cap Catcher and Opener Perforated Bottom (provided with all beer bins) Sliding Cover (pass thru) 5 Cup Condiment Tray (pass thru) Bottle Racks (pass thru) Splash Guard (specify left or right) Crossbraced Legs with Casters (Beer Bin) Ten Circuit Cold Plate Upgrade (Pass Thru) Royal Pass Thru Ice Bins Royal Chill Master Beer Bins Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Cold Plate: Cast aluminum plate with eight circuits. Plate is sealed into bottom. Each circuit is 5/16" O.D. stainless steel tubing. Two full with remainder to be half circuits. Bump and swedge fittings on ends (Pass Thru only). Interior: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Insulation: Foam in place polyurethene. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvaneal. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel (beer Bin). Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Sides: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Plumbing: 1" IPS drain connection. 1/2" IPS drain connection with cold plate. Approved By: Royal Series Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.9 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 142
Krowne Metal KRPT-2436-8 Item#:79 Royal Pass Thru Ice Bins Royal Chill Master Beer Bins Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Pass Thru Model Width Depth Overall Bin Leg Ice Cold Weight Numbers Depth Size Capacity Plate lbs. A B lbs. Circuits KRPT-2436 2'-0" 3'-0" 11.5" 18.5 210 n/a 106 KRPR-2436-8 2'-0" 3'-0" 14.5" 15.5 210 8 179 Beer Bin Model Length Left Side Inside Bin Case Weight Numbers to Drain Dimensions Capacity lbs. A B C KR18-CB48 4'-0" 24" 20" x 46" 12 205 KR18-CB60 5'-0" 30" 20" x 58" 15 235 KR18-CB72 6'-0" 36" 20" x 70" 18 275 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1" IPS Drain Connection without Cold Plate. 1/2" IPS Drain Connection with Cold Plate. Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 143
Krowne Metal RS-24 Item#:79 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Single Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Bottom: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Sides: 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Royal Series Double Accessories Locking Cover Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.30 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 144
Krowne Metal RS-24 Item#:79 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Single A A 5" 9" 4-1/2" 5" 9" Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A RS-12 1'-0" 4 RS-18 1'-6" 5 RS-24 2'-0" 7 RS-30 2'-6" 10 RS-36 3'-0" 12 RS-42 3'-6" 18 RS-48 4'-0" 22 RS-54 4'-6" 26 RS-60 5'-0" 30 RS-66 5'-6" 34 RS-72 6'-0" 38 RS-78 6'-6" 42 RS-84 7'-0" 46 RS-90 7'-6" 50 RS-96 8'-0" 54 Double A Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A A 10" 9" 4-1/2" 10" 2" 9" RD-12 1'-0" 8 RD-18 1'-6" 10 RD-24 2'-0" 14 RD-30 2'-6" 20 RD-36 3'-0" 24 RD-42 3'-6" 36 RD-48 4'-0" 44 RD-54 4'-6" 52 RD-60 5'-0" 60 RD-66 5'-6" 68 RD-72 6'-0" 72 RD-78 6'-6" 84 RD-84 7'-0" 92 RD-90 7'-6" 100 RD-96 8'-0" 108 02/05 Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 145
True Food Service Equipment TD-50-18-S Item#:80 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TD-50-18-S TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Qty: Underbar Refrigeration: Solid Slide Lid Stainless Steel Deep Well Horizontal Bottle Cooler AIA # SIS # TD-50-18-S True s horizontal bottle coolers are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Forced-air cooling. Positively guided airflow cools bottles on top first. Evaporator coil virtually runs length of cooler for balanced temperatures throughout the cabinet. Exterior - all stainless steel exterior, countertop and lid(s). Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. NSF-7 approved for packaged and bottled product. Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Entire cabinet structure is foamed-inplace using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Heavy duty, 10 mil thick pure grade PVC coated adjustable bin dividers. Removable, bottle cap opener(s) and cap catcher(s). Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Lids TD-50-18-S 2 16.5 Cases Cabinet Dimensions Capacity (inches) 12 oz. Btls. 12 oz. Cans Bin Dividers L (mm) D H 24 Cases Depth does not include 11/2" (39 mm) for cap catcher and 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. note: 12 oz. bottles refers to 12 oz. longneck bottles. HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) 3 495/8 265/8 333/8 1/3 115/60/1 8.8 5-15P 7 290 1261 677 848 1/3 230-240/50/1 4.2 2.13 132 Plug type varies by country. TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 8/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 146
True Food Service Equipment TD-50-18-S Item#:80 Model: Underbar Refrigeration: TD-50-18-S Solid Slide Lid Stainless Steel Deep Well Horizontal Bottle Cooler Standard Features DESIGN True s refrigerated horizontal bottle coolers are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains cabinet temperatures of 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True bottle coolers a more efficient low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures colder standard temperatures and faster recovery in high use situations. Condensing unit accessed from behind front grill, slides out for easy maintenance. Forced-air cooling. Positively guided air flow cools bottles on top first. Evaporator coil virtually runs length of cooler for balanced temperatures throughout the cabinet. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - all stainless steel exterior, countertop and lid(s). Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. Insulation - entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Welded, heavy duty steel frame rail, black powder coated for corrosion protection. Removable, bottle cap opener(s) and cap catcher(s). BIN DIVIDERS Three (3) heavy duty, 10 mil thick pure grade PVC coated adjustable bin dividers to maximize storage. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Listed under NSF-7 for the storage and/or display of packaged or bottled product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs. 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs. 2 1/2" (64 mm) diameter rail castors. 3" (77 mm) diameter rail castors. Ratchet locks and handles. Requires one per lid. Low temperature models hold 20 F (-6.7 C) for applications with high ambient temperatures. Designed for full alcohol beverages only [some low alcohol products freeze below 32 F (0 C)]. Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. Plan View WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TD-50-18-S TFKY03E TFKY01S TFKY03P TFKY033 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 147
True Food Service Equipment TD-65-24-S Item#:80A 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TD-65-24-S TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Qty: Underbar Refrigeration: Solid Slide Lid Stainless Steel Deep Well Horizontal Bottle Cooler AIA # SIS # TD-65-24-S True s horizontal bottle coolers are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Forced-air cooling. Positively guided airflow cools bottles on top first. Evaporator coil virtually runs length of cooler for balanced temperatures throughout the cabinet. Exterior - all stainless steel exterior, countertop and lid(s). Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. NSF-7 approved for packaged and bottled product. Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Entire cabinet structure is foamedin-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Heavy duty, 10 mil thick pure grade PVC coated adjustable bin dividers. Removable, bottle cap opener(s) and cap catcher(s). Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Lids TD-65-24-S 2 22 Cases Cabinet Dimensions Capacity (inches) 12 oz. Btls. 12 oz. Cans Bin Dividers L (mm) D H 32.5 Cases Depth does not include 11/2" (39 mm) for cap catcher and 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. note: 12 oz. bottles refers to 12 oz. longneck bottles. HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) 4 645/8 265/8 333/8 1/3 115/60/1 8.6 5-15P 7 325 1642 677 848 1/3 230-240/50/1 4.2 2.13 148 Plug type varies by country. TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 8/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 148
True Food Service Equipment TD-65-24-S Item#:80A Model: Underbar Refrigeration: TD-65-24-S Solid Slide Lid Stainless Steel Deep Well Horizontal Bottle Cooler Standard Features DESIGN True s refrigerated horizontal bottle coolers are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains cabinet temperatures of 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True bottle coolers a more efficient low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures colder standard temperatures and faster recovery in high use situations. Condensing unit accessed from behind front grill, slides out for easy maintenance. Forced-air cooling. Positively guided air flow cools bottles on top first. Evaporator coil virtually runs length of cooler for balanced temperatures throughout the cabinet. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - all stainless steel exterior, countertop and lid(s). Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. Insulation - entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Welded, heavy duty steel frame rail, black powder coated for corrosion protection. Removable, bottle cap opener(s) and cap catcher(s). BIN DIVIDERS Four (4) heavy duty, 10 mil thick pure grade PVC coated adjustable bin dividers to maximize storage. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Listed under NSF-7 for the storage and/or display of packaged or bottled product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs. 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs. 2 1/2" (64 mm) diameter rail castors. 3" (77 mm) diameter rail castors. Ratchet locks and handles. Requires one per lid. Low temperature models hold 20 F (-6.7 C) for applications with high ambient temperatures. Designed for full alcohol beverages only [some low alcohol products freeze below 32 F (0 C)]. Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. Plan View WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TD-65-24-S TFKY02E TFKY01S TFKY02P TFKY023 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 149
Krowne Metal KR18-53C Item#:81 Royal Three Compartment Bar Sinks 1800 or 2100 Series Available (see reverse) Accessories Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Single Speedrail Built-in 20 gauge Sound Deadened Krowne Royal Double Speedrail Towel Ring Waste Manifold Perforated Basket Side Splash (specify left or right) Corner Return (specify left or right) 6" longer Stainless Steel Legs Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Sink Bowls: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel 10" x 14" x 10" deep. Furnished with 1" IPS rear corner drain and 7 1/2" overflow pipe. Drainboard: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel reinforced with welded braces every six inches. Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvaneal. Sides: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Backsplash: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Back and Bottom: 20 gauge galvaneal. Legs: 1 5/8" tubular 16 gauge stainless steel with grey thermoplastic bullet foot. Faucet (included): Royal Series 4" center wall or deck mount faucet with cartridge valves. (1800 Series-wall mount, 2100 Series-deck mount) Plumbing: 1/2" IPS hot and cold water 1" IPS drain connection Royal Series Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.12 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 150
Krowne Metal KR18-53C Item#:81 Royal Three Compartment Bar Sinks Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: 1800 Series Model Length Drainboard Left Side Bowl(s) Weight Numbers to Drain Location lbs A B C KR18-33C 3'-0" n/a 4" Center 85 KR18-43L 4'-0" 12" 4" Left 105 KR18-43R 4'-0" 12" 15" Right 105 KR18-53C 5'-0" 12" (2 ea.) 15" Center 115 KR18-63C 6'-0" 18" (2 ea.) 21" Center 135 KR18-73C 7'-0" 24" (2 ea.) 27" Center 150 KR18-83C 8'-0" 30" (2 ea.) 33" Center 185 Note: Letter at end of Model # repesents Bowl location. 2100 Series Model Length Drainboard Left Side Bowl(s) Weight Numbers to Drain Location lbs A B C KR21-33C 3'-0" n/a 4" Center 85 KR21-43L 4'-0" 12" 4" Left 105 KR21-43R 4'-0" 12" 15" Right 105 KR21-53C 5'-0" 12" (2 ea.) 15" Center 115 KR21-63C 6'-0" 18" (2 ea.) 21" Center 135 KR21-73C 7'-0" 24" (2 ea.) 27" Center 150 KR21-83C 8'-0" 30" (2 ea.) 33" Center 185 Note: Letter at end of Model # repesents Bowl location. 02/05 Mechanical Requirements: 1/2" IPS Hot and Cold Connection. 1" IPS Drain Connection. Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 151
Krowne Metal RS-60 Item#:81 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Single Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Front Apron: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Bottom: 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel clad with black sound deadening ABS polymer plastic. Sides: 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel. Royal Series Double Accessories Locking Cover Approved By: Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 02/05 5.30 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 152
Krowne Metal RS-60 Item#:81 Royal Single & Double Speedrails Model: Item #: Quantity: Project: Single A A 5" 9" 4-1/2" 5" 9" Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A RS-12 1'-0" 4 RS-18 1'-6" 5 RS-24 2'-0" 7 RS-30 2'-6" 10 RS-36 3'-0" 12 RS-42 3'-6" 18 RS-48 4'-0" 22 RS-54 4'-6" 26 RS-60 5'-0" 30 RS-66 5'-6" 34 RS-72 6'-0" 38 RS-78 6'-6" 42 RS-84 7'-0" 46 RS-90 7'-6" 50 RS-96 8'-0" 54 Double A Model Length Weight Numbers lbs A A 10" 9" 4-1/2" 10" 2" 9" RD-12 1'-0" 8 RD-18 1'-6" 10 RD-24 2'-0" 14 RD-30 2'-6" 20 RD-36 3'-0" 24 RD-42 3'-6" 36 RD-48 4'-0" 44 RD-54 4'-6" 52 RD-60 5'-0" 60 RD-66 5'-6" 68 RD-72 6'-0" 72 RD-78 6'-6" 84 RD-84 7'-0" 92 RD-90 7'-6" 100 RD-96 8'-0" 108 02/05 Metal Corporation 257 Verona Ave. Newark, New Jersey 07104 www.krowne.com sales@krowne.com Approved By: Due to our commitment to continued product improvement, specifications are subject to change without notice. Phone: 800-631-0442 FAX: 973-485-1424 Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 153
True Food Service Equipment T-24-GC-S Item#:88 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: T-24-GC-S TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Underbar Refrigeration: Solid Slide Lid Stainless Steel Glass and Plate Chiller/Froster Qty: AIA # SIS # T-24-GC-S True s glass and plate chiller/ frosters are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. Large storage capacity to meet the supply and demand requirements during peak hours. Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 0 F (-17.7 C) and below. Forced-air cooling, positively guided airflow provide efficient balanced temperatures throughout the cabinet. This unique design ensures fast frosting of dry glasses and plates. Exterior - all stainless steel countertop, lid(s), front and sides. Matching aluminum back. Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Capacity Cabinet Dimensions (inches) 8" (mm) (204 mm) 10 oz. Lids Mugs Steins Shelves L D H HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) T-24-GC-S 1 90 85 2 243/4 265/8 333/8 1/4 115/60/1 5.8 5-15P 9 180 629 677 848 1/3 230-240/50/1 2.7 2.74 82 Depth does not include 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. Plug type varies by country. Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 8/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 154
True Food Service Equipment T-24-GC-S Item#:88 Model: Underbar Refrigeration: T-24-GC-S Solid Slide Lid Stainless Steel Glass and Plate Chiller/Froster Standard Features DESIGN True s glass and plate chiller/frosters are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) R404A refrigerant. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains cabinet temperatures of 0 F (-17.7 C) and below. Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True chiller/frosters a more efficient low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures fast frosting of dry glasses and plates. Automatic defrost system time-initiated, time-terminated. Condensing unit accessed from behind front grill, slides out for easy maintenance. Forced-air cooling, positively guided airflow provide efficient balanced temperatures throughout the cabinet. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - all stainless steel countertop, lids, cabinet front and sides, matching aluminum back. Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. Insulation - entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Welded, heavy duty steel frame rail, black powder coated for corrosion protection. SHELVING Two (2) adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 10 1/4"L x 19 5/16"D (261 mm x 491 mm). Split shelf design allows for effective rotation of chilled smallware, working with already chilled plates and glasses on one side while chilling dry product on the other side. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Listed under NSF-7 for the storage and/or display of packaged or bottled product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase, 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs. 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs. 2 1/2" (64 mm) diameter castors. 3" (77 mm) diameter castors. Ratchet lock and handle. Floor racks. Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. Plan View WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back T-24-GC-S TFLY03E TFLY03S TFLY03P TFLY033 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 155
True Food Service Equipment TBB-4G-S Item#:89 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl Fax# (001)636-272-7546 Parts Dept. (800)424-TRUE Parts Dept. Fax# (636)272-9471 www.truemfg.com Model: TBB-4G-S TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, INC. Project Name: Location: Item #: Model #: Underbar Refrigeration: Glass Swing Door Stainless Steel Back Bar Cooler Qty: AIA # SIS # TBB-4G-S True s refrigerated back bar coolers are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Exterior - stainless steel front, sides and countertop. Matching aluminum back. Interior - stainless steel floor with 1/2" (13 mm) reinforced lip and heavy gauge galvanized steel walls. NSF-7 approved for packaged and bottled product. Positive seal doors. "Low-E", double pane thermal glass door assemblies with extruded aluminum frames. The latest in energy efficient technology. Patented integrated door light (IDL) system for brighter, shadow free illumination. Entire cabinet structure is foamed-inplace using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Rough-In Data Specifications subject to change without notice. Chart dimensions rounded up to the nearest 1/8" (millimeters rounded up to next whole number). Model Doors Cabinet Dimensions Capacity 12 oz. 1/2 (inches) (mm) Cans Barrels Shelves L D H HP Voltage Amps NEMA Config. Cord Length (total ft.) (total m) TBB-4G-S 3 152 6-pks 4 6 903/8 273/4 37 1/2 115/60/1 10.7 5-15P 7 585 2296 705 940 1/2 230-240/50/1 6.5 2.13 266 Depth does not include 11/8" (29 mm) for door handles and 1" (26 mm) for rear bumpers. Plug type varies by country. Crated Weight (lbs.) (kg) TRUE REFRIGERATION MADE IN U.S.A. SINCE 1945 Approvals: Available At: 8/11 Printed in U.S.A. Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 156
True Food Service Equipment TBB-4G-S Item#:89 Model: TBB-4G-S Underbar Refrigeration: Glass Swing Door Stainless Steel Back Bar Cooler Standard Features DESIGN True s refrigerated back bar coolers are designed with enduring quality and value. Our commitment to using the highest quality materials and oversized refrigeration assures colder product temperatures and years of trouble free service. REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Factory engineered, self-contained, capillary tube system using environmentally friendly (CFC free) 134A refrigerant. Extra large evaporator coil balanced with higher horsepower compressor and large condenser; maintains cabinet temperatures of 33 F to 38 F (.5 C to 3.3 C). Sealed, cast iron, self-lubricating evaporator fan motor(s) and larger fan blades give True back bar coolers a more efficient low velocity, high volume airflow design. This unique design ensures faster temperature pull down of warm product, colder holding temperatures and faster recovery in high use situations. Condensing unit accessed from behind front grill, slides out for easy cleaning and maintenance. CABINET CONSTRUCTION Exterior - stainless steel front, sides and countertop. Matching aluminum back. Interior - stainless steel floor with 1/2" (13 mm) reinforced lip and heavy gauge galvanized steel walls. Door threshold protector prevents damage to cabinet from routine loading of product. Insulation - entire cabinet structure is foamedin-place using Ecomate. A high density, polyurethane insulation that has zero ozone depletion potential (ODP) and zero global warming potential (GWP). Welded, heavy duty steel frame rail, black powder coated for corrosion protection. DOORS "Low-E", double pane thermal glass door assemblies with extruded aluminum frames. The latest in energy efficient technology. Each door fitted with 12" (305 mm) long handle. Positive seal doors. Magnetic door gaskets of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of cleaning. Door locks standard. SHELVING Six (6) adjustable, heavy duty, black PVC coated wire shelves. Two (2) right door shelf dimensions are 20 3/4"L x 21 1/4"D (528 mm x 540 mm). Two (2) left and two (2) center door shelf dimensions are 31 3/4"L x 21 1/4"D (807 mm x 540 mm). Four (4) chrome plated shelf clips included per shelf. Aluminum shelf support pilasters. Shelves are adjustable on 1/2" (13 mm) increments. LIGHTING Fluorescent interior lighting. Each door utilizes full-length, patented, integrated door light (IDL) system. Safety shielded. Cabinet lighting utilizes electronic ballast and T-8 bulbs for brighter illumination, longer bulb life and increased energy efficiency. MODEL FEATURES Evaporator is epoxy coated to eliminate the potential of corrosion. Listed under NSF-7 for the storage and/or display of packaged or bottled product. ELECTRICAL Unit completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection to a 115/60/1 phase - 15 amp dedicated outlet. Cord and plug set included. OPTIONAL FEATURES/ACCESSORIES Upcharge and lead times may apply. 230-240V / 50 Hz. 6" (153 mm) standard legs. 6" (153 mm) seismic/flanged legs. 2 1/2" (64 mm) diameter castors. 4" (102 mm) diameter castors. Additional shelves. Wine racks. TrueTrac one (1) Liter beer or wine bottle organizers. TrueTrac 12 oz. (355 ml) beer bottle organizers. Remote cabinets (condensing unit supplied by others; system comes standard with 404A expansion valve and requires R404A refrigerant). Consult factory technical service department for BTU information. All remote units must be hard wired during installation. Plan View WARRANTY One year warranty on all parts and labor and an additional 4 year warranty on compressor. (U.S.A. only) METRIC DIMENSIONS ROUNDED UP TO THE NEAREST WHOLE MILLIMETER SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE KCL Model Elevation Right Plan 3D Back TBB-4G-S TFJY12E TFJY13S TFJY12P TFJY123 TRUE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2001 East Terra Lane O Fallon, Missouri 63366 (636)240-2400 Fax (636)272-2408 (800)325-6152 Intl. Fax# (001)636-272-7546 www.truemfg.com Maple Street / Sam RAH Equipment Incorporated Page: 157